|
|
abs(3) -- integer absolute value function
|
|
The abs() function computes the absolute value of the integer j. |
|
acos(3) -- arc cosine function
|
|
The acos() and acosf() functions compute the principal value of the arc cosine of x in the range [0, pi]. |
|
acosf(3) -- arc cosine function
|
|
The acos() and acosf() functions compute the principal value of the arc cosine of x in the range [0, pi]. |
|
acosh(3) -- inverse hyperbolic cosine function
|
|
The acosh() and acoshf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the real argument x. |
|
acoshf(3) -- inverse hyperbolic cosine function
|
|
The acosh() and acoshf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the real argument x. |
|
addr(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard "dotted quad" notation. The inet_pton() function converts... |
|
alarm(3) -- set signal timer alarm
|
|
This interface is made obsolete by setitimer(2). The alarm() function sets a timer to deliver the signal SIGALRM to the calling proccess seconds after the call to alarm(). If an alarm has already been... |
|
alloca(3) -- memory allocator
|
|
The alloca() function allocates size bytes of space in the stack frame of the caller. This temporary space is automatically freed on return. |
|
alphasort(3) -- scan a directory
|
|
The scandir() function reads the directory dirname and builds an array of pointers to directory entries using malloc(3). It returns the number of entries in the array. A pointer to the array of direct... |
|
asctime(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
|
ctime() converts a long integer, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:22:48 19... |
|
asctime_r(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
|
ctime() converts a long integer, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:22:48 19... |
|
asin(3) -- arc sine function
|
|
The asin() and asinf() functions compute the principal value of the arc sine of x in the range [-pi/2, +pi/2]. |
|
asinf(3) -- arc sine function
|
|
The asin() and asinf() functions compute the principal value of the arc sine of x in the range [-pi/2, +pi/2]. |
|
asinh(3) -- inverse hyperbolic sine function
|
|
The asinh() and asinhf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic sine of the real argument |
|
asinhf(3) -- inverse hyperbolic sine function
|
|
The asinh() and asinhf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic sine of the real argument |
|
asprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
|
The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. printf() and vprintf() write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprintf() write out... |
|
assert(3) -- expression verification macro
|
|
The assert() macro tests the given expression and if it is false, the calling process is terminated. A diagnostic message, consisting of the text of the expression, the name of the source file, the li... |
|
atan(3) -- arc tangent function of one variable
|
|
The atan() and atanf() functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of x in the range [-pi/2, +pi/2]. |
|
atan2(3) -- arc tangent function of two variables
|
|
The atan2() and atan2f() functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of y/x, using the signs of both arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value. |
|
atan2f(3) -- arc tangent function of two variables
|
|
The atan2() and atan2f() functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of y/x, using the signs of both arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value. |
|
atanf(3) -- arc tangent function of one variable
|
|
The atan() and atanf() functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of x in the range [-pi/2, +pi/2]. |
|
atanh(3) -- inverse hyperbolic tangent function
|
|
The atanh() and atanhf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the real argument x. |
|
atanhf(3) -- inverse hyperbolic tangent function
|
|
The atanh() and atanhf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the real argument x. |
|
atexit(3) -- register a function to be called on exit
|
|
The atexit() function registers the given function to be called at program exit, whether via exit(3) or via return from the program's main. Functions so registered are called in reverse order; no arg... |
|
atof(3) -- convert ASCII string to double
|
|
The atof() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to double representation. It is equivalent to: strtod(nptr, (char **)NULL); |
|
atoi(3) -- convert ASCII string to integer
|
|
The atoi() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to integer representation. It is equivalent to: (int)strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10); |
|
atol(3) -- convert ASCII string to long integer
|
|
The atol() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to long integer representation. It is equivalent to: strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10); |
|
atoll(3) -- convert ASCII string to long long integer
|
|
The atoll() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to long long integer representation. It is equivalent to: strtoll(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10); |
|
authnone_create(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library that allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network, with desired authentication. These routines are normally called... |
|
authsys_create(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library that allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network, with desired authentication. These routines are normally called... |
|
authsys_create_default(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library that allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network, with desired authentication. These routines are normally called... |
|
authunix_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
authunix_create_default(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
auth_destroy(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library that allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network, with desired authentication. These routines are normally called... |
|
basename(3) -- return the last component of a pathname
|
|
The basename() function takes the pathname pointed to by path and returns a pointer to the final component of the pathname, deleting and trailing '/' characters. If path consists entirely of '/' c... |
|
bcmp(3) -- compare byte string
|
|
The bcmp() function compares byte string b1 against byte string b2, returning zero if they are identical, non-zero otherwise. Both strings are assumed to be len bytes long. Zero-length strings are alw... |
|
bcopy(3) -- copy byte string
|
|
The bcopy() function copies len bytes from string src to string dst. The two strings may overlap. If len is zero, no bytes are copied. |
|
bindresvport(3) -- bind a socket to a privileged IP port
|
|
bindresvport() and bindresvport_sa() are used to bind a socket descriptor to a privileged IP port, that is, a port number in the range 0-1023. The routine returns 0 if it is successful, otherwise -1 i... |
|
bindresvport_sa(3) -- bind a socket to a privileged IP port
|
|
bindresvport() and bindresvport_sa() are used to bind a socket descriptor to a privileged IP port, that is, a port number in the range 0-1023. The routine returns 0 if it is successful, otherwise -1 i... |
|
bindtextdomain(3) -- message handling functions
|
|
The gettext(), dgettext(), and dcgettext() functions attempt to retrieve a target string based on the specified msgid argument within the context of a specific domain and the current locale. The lengt... |
|
bind_textdomain_codeset(3) -- message handling functions
|
|
The gettext(), dgettext(), and dcgettext() functions attempt to retrieve a target string based on the specified msgid argument within the context of a specific domain and the current locale. The lengt... |
|
BIO_ctrl(3) -- BIO control operations
|
|
BIO_ctrl(), BIO_callback_ctrl(), BIO_ptr_ctrl() and BIO_int_ctrl() are BIO "control" operations taking arguments of various types. These functions are not normally called directly, various macros ar... |
|
BIO_find_type(3) -- BIO chain traversal
|
|
The BIO_find_type() searches for a BIO of a given type in a chain, starting at BIO b. If type is a specific type (such as BIO_TYPE_MEM) then a search is made for a BIO of that type. If type is a gener... |
|
BIO_f_base64(3) -- base64 BIO filter
|
|
BIO_f_base64() returns the base64 BIO method. This is a filter BIO that base64 encodes any data written through it and decodes any data read through it. Base64 BIOs do not support BIO_gets() or BIO_pu... |
|
BIO_f_buffer(3) -- buffering BIO
|
|
BIO_f_buffer() returns the buffering BIO method. Data written to a buffering BIO is buffered and periodically written to the next BIO in the chain. Data read from a buffering BIO comes from an interna... |
|
BIO_f_cipher(3) -- cipher BIO filter
|
|
BIO_f_cipher() returns the cipher BIO method. This is a filter BIO that encrypts any data written through it, and decrypts any data read from it. It is a BIO wrapper for the cipher routines EVP_Cipher... |
|
BIO_f_md(3) -- message digest BIO filter
|
|
BIO_f_md() returns the message digest BIO method. This is a filter BIO that digests any data passed through it, it is a BIO wrapper for the digest routines EVP_DigestInit(), EVP_DigestUpdate() and EVP... |
|
BIO_f_null(3) -- null filter
|
|
BIO_f_null() returns the null filter BIO method. This is a filter BIO that does nothing. All requests to a null filter BIO are passed through to the next BIO in the chain: this means that a BIO chain ... |
|
BIO_f_ssl(3) -- SSL BIO
|
|
BIO_f_ssl() returns the SSL BIO method. This is a filter BIO which is a wrapper round the OpenSSL SSL routines adding a BIO "flavour" to SSL I/O. I/O performed on an SSL BIO communicates using the S... |
|
BIO_new(3) -- BIO allocation and freeing functions
|
|
The BIO_new() function returns a new BIO using method type. BIO_set() sets the method of an already existing BIO. BIO_free() frees up a single BIO, BIO_vfree() also frees up a single BIO but it does n... |
|
BIO_new_bio_pair(3) -- create a new BIO pair
|
|
BIO_new_bio_pair() creates a buffering BIO pair. It has two endpoints between data can be buffered. Its typical use is to connect one endpoint as underlying input/output BIO to an SSL and access the o... |
|
BIO_push(3) -- add and remove BIOs from a chain.
|
|
The BIO_push() function appends the BIO append to b, it returns b. BIO_pop() removes the BIO b from a chain and returns the next BIO in the chain, or NULL if there is no next BIO. The removed BIO then... |
|
BIO_read(3) -- BIO I/O functions
|
|
BIO_read() attempts to read len bytes from BIO b and places the data in buf. BIO_gets() performs the BIOs "gets" operation and places the data in buf. Usually this operation will attempt to read a l... |
|
BIO_set_callback(3) -- BIO callback functions
|
|
BIO_set_callback() and BIO_get_callback() set and retrieve the BIO callback, they are both macros. The callback is called during most high level BIO operations. It can be used for debugging purposes t... |
|
BIO_should_retry(3) -- BIO retry functions
|
|
These functions determine why a BIO is not able to read or write data. They will typically be called after a failed BIO_read() or BIO_write() call. BIO_should_retry() is true if the call that produced... |
|
BIO_s_accept(3) -- accept BIO
|
|
BIO_s_accept() returns the accept BIO method. This is a wrapper round the platform's TCP/IP socket accept routines. Using accept BIOs TCP/IP connections can be accepted and data transferred using onl... |
|
BIO_s_bio(3) -- BIO pair BIO
|
|
BIO_s_bio() returns the method for a BIO pair. A BIO pair is a pair of source/sink BIOs where data written to either half of the pair is buffered and can be read from the other half. Both halves must ... |
|
BIO_s_connect(3) -- connect BIO
|
|
BIO_s_connect() returns the connect BIO method. This is a wrapper round the platform's TCP/IP socket connection routines. Using connect BIOs TCP/IP connections can be made and data transferred using ... |
|
BIO_s_fd(3) -- file descriptor BIO
|
|
BIO_s_fd() returns the file descriptor BIO method. This is a wrapper round the platforms file descriptor routines such as read() and write(). BIO_read() and BIO_write() read or write the underlying de... |
|
BIO_s_file(3) -- FILE bio
|
|
BIO_s_file() returns the BIO file method. As its name implies it is a wrapper round the stdio FILE structure and it is a source/sink BIO. Calls to BIO_read() and BIO_write() read and write data to the... |
|
BIO_s_mem(3) -- memory BIO
|
|
BIO_s_mem() return the memory BIO method function. A memory BIO is a source/sink BIO which uses memory for its I/O. Data written to a memory BIO is stored in a BUF_MEM structure which is extended as a... |
|
BIO_s_null(3) -- null data sink
|
|
BIO_s_null() returns the null sink BIO method. Data written to the null sink is discarded, reads return EOF. |
|
BIO_s_socket(3) -- socket BIO
|
|
BIO_s_socket() returns the socket BIO method. This is a wrapper round the platform's socket routines. BIO_read() and BIO_write() read or write the underlying socket. BIO_puts() is supported but BIO_g... |
|
bitstring(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
|
|
These macros operate on strings of bits. The macro bit_alloc() returns a pointer of type ``bitstr_t *'' to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The macro bit_decl(... |
|
bm(3) -- Boyer-Moore string search
|
|
These routines implement an efficient mechanism to find an occurrence of a byte string within another byte string. bm_comp() evaluates the patlen bytes starting at pattern, and returns a pointer to a ... |
|
bm_comp(3) -- Boyer-Moore string search
|
|
These routines implement an efficient mechanism to find an occurrence of a byte string within another byte string. bm_comp() evaluates the patlen bytes starting at pattern, and returns a pointer to a ... |
|
bm_exec(3) -- Boyer-Moore string search
|
|
These routines implement an efficient mechanism to find an occurrence of a byte string within another byte string. bm_comp() evaluates the patlen bytes starting at pattern, and returns a pointer to a ... |
|
bm_free(3) -- Boyer-Moore string search
|
|
These routines implement an efficient mechanism to find an occurrence of a byte string within another byte string. bm_comp() evaluates the patlen bytes starting at pattern, and returns a pointer to a ... |
|
BN_add(3) -- arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs
|
|
BN_add() adds a and b and places the result in r (`r=a+b'). r may be the same BIGNUM as a or b. BN_sub() subtracts b from a and places the result in r (`r=a-b'). BN_mul() multiplies a and b and plac... |
|
BN_add_word(3) -- arithmetic functions on BIGNUMs with integers
|
|
These functions perform arithmetic operations on BIGNUMs with unsigned integers. They are much more efficient than the normal BIGNUM arithmetic operations. BN_add_word() adds w to a (`a+=w'). BN_sub_... |
|
BN_bn2bin(3) -- format conversions
|
|
BN_bn2bin() converts the absolute value of a into bigendian form and stores it at to. to must point to BN_num_bytes(a) bytes of memory. BN_bin2bn() converts the positive integer in big-endian form of ... |
|
BN_cmp(3) -- BIGNUM comparison and test functions
|
|
BN_cmp() compares the numbers a and b. BN_ucmp() compares their absolute values. BN_is_zero(), BN_is_one() and BN_is_word() test if a equals 0, 1, or w respectively. BN_is_odd() tests if a is odd. BN_... |
|
BN_copy(3) -- copy BIGNUMs
|
|
BN_copy() copies from to to. BN_dup() creates a new BIGNUM containing the value from. |
|
BN_CTX_new(3) -- allocate and free BN_CTX structures
|
|
A BN_CTX is a structure that holds BIGNUM temporary variables used by library functions. Since dynamic memory allocation to create BIGNUMs is rather expensive when used in conjunction with repeated su... |
|
BN_CTX_start(3) -- use temporary BIGNUM variables
|
|
These functions are used to obtain temporary BIGNUM variables from a BN_CTX (which can been created by using BN_CTX_new(3)) in order to save the overhead of repeatedly creating and freeing BIGNUMs in ... |
|
BN_generate_prime(3) -- generate primes and test for primality
|
|
BN_generate_prime() generates a pseudo-random prime number of num bits. If ret is not NULL, it will be used to store the number. If callback is not NULL, it is called as follows: o callback(0, i, cb_a... |
|
BN_mod_inverse(3) -- compute inverse modulo n
|
|
BN_mod_inverse() computes the inverse of a modulo n places the result in r (`(a*r)%n==1'). If r is NULL, a new BIGNUM is created. ctx is a previously allocated BN_CTX used for temporary variables. r ... |
|
BN_mod_mul_montgomery(3) -- Montgomery multiplication
|
|
These functions implement Montgomery multiplication. They are used automatically when BN_mod_exp(3) is called with suitable input, but they may be useful when several operations are to be performed us... |
|
BN_mod_mul_reciprocal(3) -- modular multiplication using reciprocal
|
|
BN_mod_mul_reciprocal() can be used to perform an efficient BN_mod_mul(3) operation when the operation will be performed repeatedly with the same modulus. It computes r=(a*b)%m using recp=1/m, which i... |
|
BN_new(3) -- allocate and free BIGNUMs
|
|
BN_new() allocated and initializes a BIGNUM structure. BN_init() initializes an existing uninitialized BIGNUM. BN_clear() is used to destroy sensitive data such as keys when they are no longer needed.... |
|
BN_num_bytes(3) -- get BIGNUM size
|
|
These functions return the size of a BIGNUM in bytes or bits, and the size of an unsigned integer in bits. BN_num_bytes() is a macro. |
|
BN_rand(3) -- generate pseudo-random number
|
|
BN_rand() generates a cryptographically strong pseudo-random number of bits bits in length and stores it in rnd. If top is -1, the most significant bit of the random number can be zero. If top is 0, i... |
|
BN_set_bit(3) -- bit operations on BIGNUMs
|
|
BN_set_bit() sets bit n in a to 1 (`a|=(1< |
|
BN_zero(3) -- BIGNUM assignment operations
|
|
BN_zero(), BN_one() and BN_set_word() set a to the values 0, 1 and w respectively. BN_zero() and BN_one() are macros. BN_value_one() returns a BIGNUM constant of value 1. This constant is useful for u... |
|
bsearch(3) -- binary search of a sorted table
|
|
The bsearch() function searches an array of nmemb objects, the initial member of which is pointed to by base, for a member that matches the object pointed to by key. The size of each member of the arr... |
|
bstring(3) -- byte string operations
|
|
These functions operate on variable length strings of bytes. They do not check for terminating null bytes as the routines listed in string(3) do. See the specific manual pages for more information. |
|
bswap(3) -- byte-order swapping functions
|
|
The bswap16(), bswap32(), and bswap64() functions return the value of their argument with the bytes inverted. They can be used to convert 16, 32 or 64 bits integers from little to big endian, or vice-... |
|
bswap16(3) -- byte-order swapping functions
|
|
The bswap16(), bswap32(), and bswap64() functions return the value of their argument with the bytes inverted. They can be used to convert 16, 32 or 64 bits integers from little to big endian, or vice-... |
|
bswap32(3) -- byte-order swapping functions
|
|
The bswap16(), bswap32(), and bswap64() functions return the value of their argument with the bytes inverted. They can be used to convert 16, 32 or 64 bits integers from little to big endian, or vice-... |
|
bswap64(3) -- byte-order swapping functions
|
|
The bswap16(), bswap32(), and bswap64() functions return the value of their argument with the bytes inverted. They can be used to convert 16, 32 or 64 bits integers from little to big endian, or vice-... |
|
btree(3) -- btree database access method
|
|
The routine dbopen is the library interface to database files. One of the supported file formats is btree files. The general description of the database access methods is in dbopen(3), this manual pag... |
|
byteorder(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order
|
|
These routines convert 16 and 32 bit quantities between network byte order and host byte order. The types in_addr_t and in_port_t are defined by X/Open as: typedef u_int32_t in_addr_t; typedef u_int16... |
|
bzero(3) -- write zeroes to a byte string
|
|
The bzero() function writes len zero bytes to the string b. If len is zero, bzero() does nothing. |
|
cabs(3) -- euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions
|
|
The hypot() and cabs() functions computes the sqrt(x*x+y*y) in such a way that underflow will not happen, and overflow occurs only if the final result deserves it. hypot(infinity, v) = hypot(v, infini... |
|
cabsf(3) -- euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions
|
|
The hypot() and cabs() functions computes the sqrt(x*x+y*y) in such a way that underflow will not happen, and overflow occurs only if the final result deserves it. hypot(infinity, v) = hypot(v, infini... |
|
calloc(3) -- general purpose memory allocation functions
|
|
The malloc() function allocates size bytes of memory. The allocated space is suitably aligned (after possible pointer coercion) for storage of any type of object. If the space is at least pagesize byt... |
|
callrpc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
catclose(3) -- close message catalog
|
|
The catclose() function closes the message catalog specified by the argument catd. |
|
catgets(3) -- retrieve string from message catalog
|
|
The catgets() function attempts to retrieve message msg_id of set set_id from the message catalog referenced by the descriptor catd. The argument s points to a default message which is returned if the... |
|
catopen(3) -- open message catalog
|
|
The catopen() function opens the message catalog specified by name and returns a message catalog descriptor. If name contains a `/' then name specifies the full pathname for the message catalog, othe... |
|
cbrt(3) -- cube root and square root functions
|
|
The cbrt() and cbrtf() functions compute the cube root of x. The sqrt() and sqrtf() functions compute the non-negative square root of x. |
|
cbrtf(3) -- cube root and square root functions
|
|
The cbrt() and cbrtf() functions compute the cube root of x. The sqrt() and sqrtf() functions compute the non-negative square root of x. |
|
cdk(3) -- Curses Development Kit
|
|
Cdk is a library of functions which allow a programmer to quickly create a full screen interactive program with ease. The Cdk widgets support the following features: o Ncurses library. Instead of usin... |
|
cdk_alphalist(3) -- Creates a managed curses sorted alphabet list widget.
|
|
The Cdk alphalist allows a user to select from a list of alphabetically sorted words. The user can use the arrow keys to traverse through the list or type in the beginning of the word and the list wil... |
|
cdk_binding(3) -- Curses Development Kit Character Binding Capabilities.
|
|
Cdk has the ability to create user definable key bindings. This ability makes Cdk more dynamic and usable for a wide variety of tasks. The following section outlines the binding functions, their use, ... |
|
cdk_buttonbox(3) -- Creates a managed curses buttonbox widget.
|
|
The Cdk buttonbox widget creates a buttonbox box with a message and a varied number of buttons to choose from. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk buttonbox box widget. |
|
cdk_calendar(3) -- Creates a managed curses calendar widget.
|
|
The Cdk calendar widget creates a pop-up calendar. The calendar widget allows the user to traverse through months/years using the cursor keys. |
|
cdk_cdk(3) -- Curses Development Kit
|
|
Cdk is a library of functions which allow a programmer to quickly create a full screen interactive program with ease. The Cdk widgets support the following features: o Ncurses library. Instead of usin... |
|
cdk_dialog(3) -- Creates a managed curses dialog widget.
|
|
The Cdk dialog widget creates a dialog box with a message and a varied number of buttons to choose from. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk dialog box widget. |
|
cdk_display(3) -- Curses Development Kit Display Capabilities.
|
|
Cdk has special formatting commands which can be included in any string which add highlights, justification, or even colors to a basic string. This manual page outlines and demonstrates how they work.... |
|
cdk_entry(3) -- Creates a managed curses entry widget.
|
|
The Cdk entry widget creates an entry box with a label and an entry field. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk entry box widget. |
|
cdk_fselect(3) -- Creates a managed curses file selector widget.
|
|
The Cdk file selector widget creates a widget which allows a user to interact with the Unix file system. This widget allows the user to traverse the file system and even delete files. (See NO... |
|
cdk_graph(3) -- Creates a managed curses graph widget.
|
|
The Cdk graph widget creates a graph widget. This widget can draw a graph in both plot mode and line mode. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk graph box widget. |
|
cdk_histogram(3) -- Creates a managed curses histogram widget.
|
|
The Cdk histogram widget creates a histogram widget. This widget can draw a vertical or horizontal histogram. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk histogram box widget. |
|
cdk_itemlist(3) -- Creates a managed curses itemlist widget.
|
|
The Cdk itemlist widget creates a widget which allows a user to select from a list of preset character strings. The best examples of something like this are the days of the week or the months of the y... |
|
cdk_label(3) -- Creates a managed curses label widget.
|
|
The Cdk label widget creates a pop-up label window. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk label widget. |
|
cdk_marquee(3) -- Creates a managed curses marquee widget.
|
|
The Cdk marquee widget creates a pop-up marquee window. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk marquee widget. |
|
cdk_matrix(3) -- Creates a managed curses matrix widget.
|
|
The Cdk matrix widget creates a matrix widget. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk matrix box widget. |
|
cdk_mentry(3) -- Creates a managed curses multiple line entry widget.
|
|
The Cdk mentry widget creates a multiple line entry box with a label and an entry field. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk mentry box widget. |
|
cdk_menu(3) -- Creates a managed curses menu widget.
|
|
The Cdk menu widget creates a pull-down menu list. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk menu widget. |
|
cdk_misc(3) -- Curses Development Kit Miscellaneous Routines
|
|
The functions provided in this manual page are miscellaneous functions which may be required when using the Cdk widget set. |
|
cdk_radio(3) -- Creates a managed curses radio list widget.
|
|
The Cdk radio widget creates a radio list. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk radio box widget. |
|
cdk_scale(3) -- Creates a managed curses scale widget.
|
|
The Cdk scale widget creates a scale box with a label and a scale field. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk scale box widget. |
|
cdk_screen(3) -- Cdk Screen and Widget Manipulation Functions
|
|
One of the features of Cdk is that it will manage all of the widgets for you. These functions perform some of the management of the widgets in a screen. The following outline each function and it's p... |
|
cdk_scroll(3) -- Creates a managed curses scrolling list widget.
|
|
The Cdk scroll widget creates a scrolling list. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk scrolling list widget. |
|
cdk_selection(3) -- Creates a managed curses selection list widget.
|
|
The Cdk selection widget creates a selection list. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk selection box widget. |
|
cdk_slider(3) -- Creates a managed curses slider widget.
|
|
The Cdk slider widget creates a visual slider box with a label and a slider field. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk slider box widget. |
|
cdk_swindow(3) -- Creates a managed curses swindow widget.
|
|
The Cdk scrolling window widget creates a widget which can be used to display messages. The following are functions which create or manipulate the Cdk swindow box widget. |
|
cdk_template(3) -- Creates a managed curses template widget.
|
|
The Cdk template widget creates a template widget which allows a user to type information into an entry field with a pre-set field format. Typical uses for this widget would be a date field or a time ... |
|
cdk_viewer(3) -- Creates a managed curses viewer list widget.
|
|
The Cdk viewer widget creates a file viewer widget. This widget allows a user to interact with a file. It does NOT allow editing, this is view only. The following are functions which create o... |
|
ceil(3) -- round to smallest integral value greater than or equal to x
|
|
The ceil() and ceilf() functions return the smallest integral value greater than or equal to x. |
|
ceilf(3) -- round to smallest integral value greater than or equal to x
|
|
The ceil() and ceilf() functions return the smallest integral value greater than or equal to x. |
|
cfgetispeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
|
The cfmakeraw, tcgetattr and tcsetattr functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed, cfsetispeed, cfgetospeed, cfsetospeed and cfsetspeed functions are provide... |
|
cfgetospeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
|
The cfmakeraw, tcgetattr and tcsetattr functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed, cfsetispeed, cfgetospeed, cfsetospeed and cfsetspeed functions are provide... |
|
cfmakeraw(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
|
The cfmakeraw, tcgetattr and tcsetattr functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed, cfsetispeed, cfgetospeed, cfsetospeed and cfsetspeed functions are provide... |
|
cfsetispeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
|
The cfmakeraw, tcgetattr and tcsetattr functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed, cfsetispeed, cfgetospeed, cfsetospeed and cfsetspeed functions are provide... |
|
cfsetospeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
|
The cfmakeraw, tcgetattr and tcsetattr functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed, cfsetispeed, cfgetospeed, cfsetospeed and cfsetspeed functions are provide... |
|
cfsetspeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
|
The cfmakeraw, tcgetattr and tcsetattr functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed, cfsetispeed, cfgetospeed, cfsetospeed and cfsetspeed functions are provide... |
|
cgetcap(3) -- capability database access routines
|
|
cgetent() extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first look for f... |
|
cgetclose(3) -- capability database access routines
|
|
cgetent() extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first look for f... |
|
cgetent(3) -- capability database access routines
|
|
cgetent() extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first look for f... |
|
cgetfirst(3) -- capability database access routines
|
|
cgetent() extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first look for f... |
|
cgetmatch(3) -- capability database access routines
|
|
cgetent() extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first look for f... |
|
cgetnext(3) -- capability database access routines
|
|
cgetent() extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first look for f... |
|
cgetnum(3) -- capability database access routines
|
|
cgetent() extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first look for f... |
|
cgetset(3) -- capability database access routines
|
|
cgetent() extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first look for f... |
|
cgetstr(3) -- capability database access routines
|
|
cgetent() extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first look for f... |
|
cgetustr(3) -- capability database access routines
|
|
cgetent() extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first look for f... |
|
CIRCLEQ_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
CIRCLEQ_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
CIRCLEQ_FIRST(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
CIRCLEQ_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
CIRCLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
CIRCLEQ_INIT(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
CIRCLEQ_LAST(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
CIRCLEQ_NEXT(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
CIRCLEQ_PREV(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
CIRCLEQ_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
clearerr(3) -- check and reset stream status
|
|
The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return... |
|
clntraw_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
clnttcp_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
clntudp_bufcreate(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
clntudp_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
clnt_broadcast(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
clnt_call(3) -- library routines for client side calls
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re... |
|
clnt_control(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to... |
|
clnt_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to... |
|
clnt_create_vers(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to... |
|
clnt_destroy(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to... |
|
clnt_dg_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to... |
|
clnt_freeres(3) -- library routines for client side calls
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re... |
|
clnt_geterr(3) -- library routines for client side calls
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re... |
|
clnt_pcreateerror(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to... |
|
clnt_perrno(3) -- library routines for client side calls
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re... |
|
clnt_perror(3) -- library routines for client side calls
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re... |
|
clnt_raw_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to... |
|
clnt_spcreateerror(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to... |
|
clnt_sperrno(3) -- library routines for client side calls
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re... |
|
clnt_sperror(3) -- library routines for client side calls
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re... |
|
clnt_tli_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to... |
|
clnt_tp_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to... |
|
clnt_vc_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to... |
|
clock(3) -- determine processor time used
|
|
The clock() function determines the amount of processor time used since the invocation of the calling process, measured in CLOCKS_PER_SECs. |
|
closedir(3) -- directory operations
|
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin... |
|
closelog(3) -- control system log
|
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (See sys... |
|
com_err(3) -- common error display library
|
|
The com_err library provides a common error-reporting mechanism for defining and accessing error codes and descriptions for application software packages. Error descriptions are defined in a table and... |
|
com_err_va(3) -- common error display library
|
|
The com_err library provides a common error-reporting mechanism for defining and accessing error codes and descriptions for application software packages. Error descriptions are defined in a table and... |
|
confstr(3) -- get string-valued configurable variables
|
|
This interface is obsoleted by sysctl(3). The confstr() function provides a method for applications to get configuration defined string values. The name argument specifies the system variable to be qu... |
|
copysign(3) -- Functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. finite() returns the value 1 just when -infinity < x < +infinity; otherwise a zero... |
|
copysignf(3) -- Functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. finite() returns the value 1 just when -infinity < x < +infinity; otherwise a zero... |
|
cos(3) -- cosine function
|
|
The cos() and cosf() functions compute the cosine of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, s... |
|
cosf(3) -- cosine function
|
|
The cos() and cosf() functions compute the cosine of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, s... |
|
cosh(3) -- hyperbolic cosine function
|
|
The cosh() and coshf() functions compute the hyperbolic cosine of x. |
|
coshf(3) -- hyperbolic cosine function
|
|
The cosh() and coshf() functions compute the hyperbolic cosine of x. |
|
creat(3) -- create a new file
|
|
This interface is made obsolete by: open(2). creat() is the same as: open(path, O_CREAT | O_TRUNC | O_WRONLY, mode); |
|
crypt(3) -- password encryption
|
|
The crypt() function performs password encryption. The encryption scheme used by crypt() is dependent upon the contents of the NUL-terminated string setting. If setting begins with the ``$'' charact... |
|
crypto(3) -- OpenSSL cryptographic library
|
|
|
|
CRYPTO_set_ex_data(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
|
ctermid(3) -- generate terminal pathname
|
|
The ctermid() function generates a string, that, when used as a pathname, refers to the current controlling terminal of the calling process. If buf is the NULL pointer, a pointer to a static area is r... |
|
ctime(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
|
ctime() converts a long integer, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:22:48 19... |
|
ctime_r(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
|
ctime() converts a long integer, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:22:48 19... |
|
ctype(3) -- character classification macros
|
|
The above macros perform character tests and conversions on the integer c. See the specific manual pages for more information. |
|
curses(3) -- screen functions with ``optimal'' cursor motion
|
|
These routines give the user a method of updating screens with reasonable optimization. They keep an image of the current screen, and the user sets up an image of a new one. Then the refresh() tells t... |
|
cuserid(3) -- get user name
|
|
This interface is available from the compatibility library, libcompat and has been obsoleted by getlogin(2) The cuserid() function returns a character string representation of the user name associated... |
|
d2i_DHparams(3) -- ...
|
|
... |
|
d2i_RSAPublicKey(3) -- ...
|
|
... |
|
d2i_SSL_SESSION(3) -- convert SSL_SESSION object from/to ASN1 representation
|
|
d2i_SSL_SESSION() transforms the external ASN1 representation of an SSL/TLS session, stored as binary data at location pp with length length, into an SSL_SESSION object. i2d_SSL_SESSION() transforms t... |
|
daemon(3) -- run in the background
|
|
The daemon() function is for programs wishing to detach themselves from the controlling terminal and run in the background as system daemons. Unless the argument nochdir is non-zero, daemon() changes ... |
|
daylight(3) -- initialize time conversion information
|
|
The tzset() function uses the value of the environment variable TZ to set time conversion information used by localtime(3). If TZ does not appear in the environment, the best available approximation t... |
|
db(3) -- database access methods
|
|
Dbopen is the library interface to database files. The supported file formats are btree, hashed and UNIX file oriented. The btree format is a representation of a sorted, balanced tree structure. The h... |
|
dbopen(3) -- database access methods
|
|
Dbopen is the library interface to database files. The supported file formats are btree, hashed and UNIX file oriented. The btree format is a representation of a sorted, balanced tree structure. The h... |
|
dcgettext(3) -- message handling functions
|
|
The gettext(), dgettext(), and dcgettext() functions attempt to retrieve a target string based on the specified msgid argument within the context of a specific domain and the current locale. The lengt... |
|
dcngettext(3) -- message handling functions
|
|
The gettext(), dgettext(), and dcgettext() functions attempt to retrieve a target string based on the specified msgid argument within the context of a specific domain and the current locale. The lengt... |
|
devname(3) -- get device name
|
|
The devname() function returns a pointer to the name of the block or character device in ``/dev'' with a device number of dev, and a file type matching the one encoded in type which must be one of S... |
|
dgettext(3) -- message handling functions
|
|
The gettext(), dgettext(), and dcgettext() functions attempt to retrieve a target string based on the specified msgid argument within the context of a specific domain and the current locale. The lengt... |
|
DH_generate_key(3) -- perform Diffie-Hellman key exchange
|
|
DH_generate_key() performs the first step of a DiffieHellman key exchange by generating private and public DH values. By calling DH_compute_key(), these are combined with the other party's public val... |
|
DH_generate_parameters(3) -- generate and check
|
|
DH_generate_parameters() generates Diffie-Hellman parameters that can be shared among a group of users, and returns them in a newly allocated DH structure. The pseudo-random number generator must be s... |
|
DH_get_ex_new_index(3) -- add application specific data to DH structures
|
|
These functions handle application specific data in DH structures. Their usage is identical to that of RSA_get_ex_new_index(), RSA_set_ex_data() and RSA_get_ex_data() as described in RSA_get_ex_new_in... |
|
DH_new(3) -- allocate and free DH objects
|
|
DH_new() allocates and initializes a DH structure. DH_free() frees the DH structure and its components. The values are erased before the memory is returned to the system. |
|
DH_set_method(3) -- select DH method
|
|
A DH_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for Diffie-Hellman operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. Initially, the defa... |
|
DH_size(3) -- get Diffie-Hellman prime size
|
|
This function returns the Diffie-Hellman size in bytes. It can be used to determine how much memory must be allocated for the shared secret computed by DH_compute_key(). dh->p must not be NULL. |
|
difftime(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
|
ctime() converts a long integer, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:22:48 19... |
|
directory(3) -- directory operations
|
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin... |
|
dirfd(3) -- directory operations
|
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin... |
|
dirname(3) -- report the parent directory name of a file pathname
|
|
The dirname() function takes a pointer to a character string that contains a pathname, path, and returns a pointer to a string that is a pathname of the parent directory of path. Trailing '/' charac... |
|
disklabel_dkcksum(3) -- compute the checksum for a disklabel
|
|
disklabel_dkcksum() computes the checksum for the disklabel passed in as lp. |
|
disklabel_scan(3) -- scan a buffer for a valid disklabel
|
|
disklabel_scan() scans the memory region specified by buf and buflen for a valid disklabel. If such a label is found, it is copied into lp. |
|
div(3) -- return quotient and remainder from division
|
|
The div() function computes the value num/denom and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named div_t that contains two int members named quot and rem. |
|
dladdr(3) -- dynamic link interface
|
|
These functions provide an interface to the run-time linker ld.so(1). They allow new shared objects to be loaded into the process' address space under program control. The dlopen() function takes a n... |
|
dlclose(3) -- dynamic link interface
|
|
These functions provide an interface to the run-time linker ld.so(1). They allow new shared objects to be loaded into the process' address space under program control. The dlopen() function takes a n... |
|
dlctl(3) -- dynamic link interface
|
|
These functions provide an interface to the run-time linker ld.so(1). They allow new shared objects to be loaded into the process' address space under program control. The dlopen() function takes a n... |
|
dlerror(3) -- dynamic link interface
|
|
These functions provide an interface to the run-time linker ld.so(1). They allow new shared objects to be loaded into the process' address space under program control. The dlopen() function takes a n... |
|
dlfcn(3) -- dynamic link interface
|
|
These functions provide an interface to the run-time linker ld.so(1). They allow new shared objects to be loaded into the process' address space under program control. The dlopen() function takes a n... |
|
dlopen(3) -- dynamic link interface
|
|
These functions provide an interface to the run-time linker ld.so(1). They allow new shared objects to be loaded into the process' address space under program control. The dlopen() function takes a n... |
|
dlsym(3) -- dynamic link interface
|
|
These functions provide an interface to the run-time linker ld.so(1). They allow new shared objects to be loaded into the process' address space under program control. The dlopen() function takes a n... |
|
dngettext(3) -- message handling functions
|
|
The gettext(), dgettext(), and dcgettext() functions attempt to retrieve a target string based on the specified msgid argument within the context of a specific domain and the current locale. The lengt... |
|
dn_comp(3) -- resolver routines
|
|
These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine... |
|
dn_expand(3) -- resolver routines
|
|
These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine... |
|
drand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
|
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
|
DSA_do_sign(3) -- raw DSA signature operations
|
|
DSA_do_sign() computes a digital signature on the len byte message digest dgst using the private key dsa and returns it in a newly allocated DSA_SIG structure. DSA_sign_setup(3) may be used to precomp... |
|
DSA_dup_DH(3) -- create a DH structure out of DSA structure
|
|
DSA_dup_DH() duplicates DSA parameters/keys as DH parameters/keys. q is lost during that conversion, but the resulting DH parameters contain its length. |
|
DSA_generate_key(3) -- generate DSA key pair
|
|
DSA_generate_key() expects a to contain DSA parameters. It generates a new key pair and stores it in a->pub_key and a->priv_key. The PRNG must be seeded prior to calling DSA_gener- ate_key(). |
|
DSA_generate_parameters(3) -- generate DSA parameters
|
|
DSA_generate_parameters() generates primes p and q and a generator g for use in the DSA. bits is the length of the prime to be generated; the DSS allows a maximum of 1024 bits. If seed is NULL or seed... |
|
DSA_get_ex_new_index(3) -- add application specific data to DSA structures
|
|
These functions handle application specific data in DSA structures. Their usage is identical to that of RSA_get_ex_new_index(), RSA_set_ex_data() and RSA_get_ex_data() as described in RSA_get_ex_new_i... |
|
DSA_new(3) -- allocate and free DSA objects
|
|
DSA_new() allocates and initializes a DSA structure. DSA_free() frees the DSA structure and its components. The values are erased before the memory is returned to the system. |
|
DSA_set_method(3) -- select DSA method
|
|
A DSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for DSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. Initially, the default is to ... |
|
DSA_sign(3) -- DSA signatures
|
|
DSA_sign() computes a digital signature on the len byte message digest dgst using the private key dsa and places its ASN.1 DER encoding at sigret. The length of the signature is places in *siglen. sig... |
|
DSA_SIG_new(3) -- allocate and free DSA signature objects
|
|
DSA_SIG_new() allocates and initializes a DSA_SIG structure. DSA_SIG_free() frees the DSA_SIG structure and its components. The values are erased before the memory is returned to the system. |
|
DSA_size(3) -- get DSA signature size
|
|
This function returns the size of an ASN.1 encoded DSA signature in bytes. It can be used to determine how much memory must be allocated for a DSA signature. dsa->q must not be NULL. |
|
edata(3) -- end boundaries of image segments
|
|
The globals end, etext and edata are program segment end addresses. etext is the first address after the end of the text segment. edata is the first address after the end of the initialized data segme... |
|
editline(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
el_deletestr(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
el_end(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
el_get(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
el_getc(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
el_gets(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
el_init(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
el_insertstr(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
el_line(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
el_parse(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
el_push(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
el_reset(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
el_resize(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
el_set(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
el_source(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
encrypt(3) -- password encryption
|
|
The crypt() function performs password encryption. The encryption scheme used by crypt() is dependent upon the contents of the NUL-terminated string setting. If setting begins with the ``$'' charact... |
|
end(3) -- end boundaries of image segments
|
|
The globals end, etext and edata are program segment end addresses. etext is the first address after the end of the text segment. edata is the first address after the end of the initialized data segme... |
|
endfsent(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
|
|
The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file, |
|
endgrent(3) -- group database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the group database file which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct group { char *g... |
|
endhostent(3) -- get network host entry
|
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
|
endnetconfig(3) -- get network configuration database entry
|
|
The library routines described on this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig. getnetconfig() returns a pointer to the current entry in the da... |
|
endnetent(3) -- get network entry
|
|
The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network data base as des... |
|
endnetgrent(3) -- netgroup database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the netgroup database file which is described in netgroup(5). The database defines a set of netgroups, each made up of one or more triples: (host, user, domain) that defines... |
|
endnetpath(3) -- get /etc/netconfig entry corresponding to NETPATH component
|
|
The routines described in this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig, as it is ``filtered'' by the NETPATH environment variable (see enviro... |
|
endprotoent(3) -- get protocol entry
|
|
The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol... |
|
endpwent(3) -- password database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ... |
|
endrpcent(3) -- get RPC entry
|
|
getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber(), each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number data base, /etc/... |
|
endservent(3) -- get service entry
|
|
The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data... |
|
endttyent(3) -- get ttys file entry
|
|
The getttyent(), and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the broken-out fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { c... |
|
endusershell(3) -- get valid user shells
|
|
The getusershell() function returns a pointer to a valid user shell as defined by the system manager in the shells database as described in shells(5). If the shells database is not available, getusers... |
|
erand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
|
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
|
erf(3) -- error function operators
|
|
These functions calculate the error function of x. The erf() calculates the error function of x; where erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi)*integral from 0 to x of exp(-t*t) dt. The erfc() function calculates the comp... |
|
erfc(3) -- error function operators
|
|
These functions calculate the error function of x. The erf() calculates the error function of x; where erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi)*integral from 0 to x of exp(-t*t) dt. The erfc() function calculates the comp... |
|
erfcf(3) -- error function operators
|
|
These functions calculate the error function of x. The erf() calculates the error function of x; where erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi)*integral from 0 to x of exp(-t*t) dt. The erfc() function calculates the comp... |
|
erff(3) -- error function operators
|
|
These functions calculate the error function of x. The erf() calculates the error function of x; where erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi)*integral from 0 to x of exp(-t*t) dt. The erfc() function calculates the comp... |
|
err(3) -- formatted error messages
|
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output... |
|
error_message(3) -- common error display library
|
|
The com_err library provides a common error-reporting mechanism for defining and accessing error codes and descriptions for application software packages. Error descriptions are defined in a table and... |
|
error_table_name(3) -- common error display library
|
|
The com_err library provides a common error-reporting mechanism for defining and accessing error codes and descriptions for application software packages. Error descriptions are defined in a table and... |
|
errx(3) -- formatted error messages
|
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output... |
|
ERR_clear_error(3) -- clear the error queue
|
|
ERR_clear_error() empties the current thread's error queue. |
|
ERR_error_string(3) -- obtain human-readable error message
|
|
ERR_error_string() generates a human-readable string representing the error code e, and places it at buf. buf must be at least 120 bytes long. If buf is NULL, the error string is placed in a static bu... |
|
ERR_get_error(3) -- obtain error code and data
|
|
ERR_get_error() returns the last error code from the thread's error queue and removes the entry. This function can be called repeatedly until there are no more error codes to return. ERR_peek_error()... |
|
ERR_GET_LIB(3) -- get library, function and reason code
|
|
The error code returned by ERR_get_error() consists of a library number, function code and reason code. ERR_GET_LIB(), ERR_GET_FUNC() and ERR_GET_REASON() can be used to extract these. The library num... |
|
ERR_load_crypto_strings(3) -- load and free error strings
|
|
ERR_load_crypto_strings() registers the error strings for all libcrypto functions. SSL_load_error_strings() does the same, but also registers the libssl error strings. One of these functions should be... |
|
ERR_load_strings(3) -- load arbitrary error strings
|
|
ERR_load_strings() registers error strings for library number lib. str is an array of error string data: typedef struct ERR_string_data_st { unsigned long error; char *string; } ERR_STRING_DATA; The e... |
|
ERR_print_errors(3) -- print error messages
|
|
ERR_print_errors() is a convenience function that prints the error strings for all errors that OpenSSL has recorded to bp, thus emptying the error queue. ERR_print_errors_fp() is the same, except that... |
|
ERR_put_error(3) -- record an error
|
|
ERR_put_error() adds an error code to the thread's error queue. It signals that the error of reason code reason occurred in function func of library lib, in line number line of file. This function is... |
|
ERR_remove_state(3) -- free a thread's error queue
|
|
ERR_remove_state() frees the error queue associated with thread pid. If pid == 0, the current thread will have its error queue removed. Since error queue data structures are allocated automatically fo... |
|
etext(3) -- end boundaries of image segments
|
|
The globals end, etext and edata are program segment end addresses. etext is the first address after the end of the text segment. edata is the first address after the end of the initialized data segme... |
|
ethers(3) -- get ethers entry
|
|
Ethernet addresses are represented by the following structure: struct ether_addr { u_char ether_addr_octet[6]; }; The ether_ntoa() function converts this structure into an ASCII string of the form ``x... |
|
ether_aton(3) -- get ethers entry
|
|
Ethernet addresses are represented by the following structure: struct ether_addr { u_char ether_addr_octet[6]; }; The ether_ntoa() function converts this structure into an ASCII string of the form ``x... |
|
ether_hostton(3) -- get ethers entry
|
|
Ethernet addresses are represented by the following structure: struct ether_addr { u_char ether_addr_octet[6]; }; The ether_ntoa() function converts this structure into an ASCII string of the form ``x... |
|
ether_line(3) -- get ethers entry
|
|
Ethernet addresses are represented by the following structure: struct ether_addr { u_char ether_addr_octet[6]; }; The ether_ntoa() function converts this structure into an ASCII string of the form ``x... |
|
ether_ntoa(3) -- get ethers entry
|
|
Ethernet addresses are represented by the following structure: struct ether_addr { u_char ether_addr_octet[6]; }; The ether_ntoa() function converts this structure into an ASCII string of the form ``x... |
|
ether_ntohost(3) -- get ethers entry
|
|
Ethernet addresses are represented by the following structure: struct ether_addr { u_char ether_addr_octet[6]; }; The ether_ntoa() function converts this structure into an ASCII string of the form ``x... |
|
EVP_DigestInit(3) -- EVP digest routines
|
|
The EVP digest routines are a high level interface to message digests. EVP_DigestInit() initializes a digest context ctx to use a digest type: this will typically be supplied by a function such as EVP... |
|
EVP_EncryptInit(3) -- EVP cipher routines
|
|
The EVP cipher routines are a high level interface to certain symmetric ciphers. EVP_EncryptInit() initializes a cipher context ctx for encryption with cipher type. type is normally supplied by a func... |
|
EVP_OpenInit(3) -- EVP envelope decryption
|
|
The EVP envelope routines are a high level interface to envelope decryption. They decrypt a public key encrypted symmetric key and then decrypt data using it. EVP_OpenInit() initializes a cipher conte... |
|
EVP_SealInit(3) -- EVP envelope encryption
|
|
The EVP envelope routines are a high level interface to envelope encryption. They generate a random key and then "envelope" it by using public key encryption. Data can then be encrypted using this k... |
|
EVP_SignInit(3) -- EVP signing functions
|
|
The EVP signature routines are a high level interface to digital signatures. EVP_SignInit() initializes a signing context ctx to using digest type: this will typically be supplied by a function such a... |
|
EVP_VerifyInit(3) -- EVP signature verification functions
|
|
The EVP signature verification routines are a high level interface to digital signatures. EVP_VerifyInit() initializes a verification context ctx to using digest type: this will typically be supplied ... |
|
exec(3) -- execute a file
|
|
The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo... |
|
execl(3) -- execute a file
|
|
The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo... |
|
execle(3) -- execute a file
|
|
The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo... |
|
execlp(3) -- execute a file
|
|
The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo... |
|
exect(3) -- execute a file
|
|
The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo... |
|
execv(3) -- execute a file
|
|
The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo... |
|
execvp(3) -- execute a file
|
|
The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo... |
|
exit(3) -- perform normal program termination
|
|
exit() terminates a process. The status values EXIT_SUCCESS and EXIT_FAILURE can be used to indicate successful and unsuccessful termination, respectively. Before termination it performs the following... |
|
exp(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log() function computes the value o... |
|
expf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log() function computes the value o... |
|
expm1(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log() function computes the value o... |
|
expm1f(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log() function computes the value o... |
|
fabs(3) -- floating-point absolute value function
|
|
The fabs() and fabsf() functions compute the absolute value of a floating-point number x. |
|
fabsf(3) -- floating-point absolute value function
|
|
The fabs() and fabsf() functions compute the absolute value of a floating-point number x. |
|
fclose(3) -- close a stream
|
|
The fclose() function dissociates the named stream from its underlying file or set of functions. If the stream was being used for output, any buffered data is written first, using fflush(3). |
|
fdopen(3) -- stream open functions
|
|
The fopen() function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by path and associates a stream with it. The argument mode points to a string beginning with one of the following sequences (Add... |
|
feof(3) -- check and reset stream status
|
|
The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return... |
|
ferror(3) -- check and reset stream status
|
|
The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return... |
|
fflush(3) -- flush a stream
|
|
The function fflush() forces a write of all buffered data for the given output or update stream via the stream's underlying write function. The open status of the stream is unaffected. If the stream ... |
|
ffs(3) -- find first bit set in a bit string
|
|
The ffs() function finds the first bit set in value and returns the index of that bit. Bits are numbered starting from 1, starting at the rightmost bit. A return value of 0 means that the argument was... |
|
fgetc(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
|
|
The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti... |
|
fgetln(3) -- get a line from a stream
|
|
The fgetln() function returns a pointer to the next line from the stream referenced by stream. This line is not a C string as it does not end with a terminating NUL character. The length of the line, ... |
|
fgetpos(3) -- reposition a stream
|
|
The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ... |
|
fgets(3) -- get a line from a stream
|
|
The fgets() function reads at most one less than the number of characters specified by size from the given stream and stores them in the string str. Reading stops when a newline character is found, at... |
|
fgetwc(3) -- get next wide-character from input stream
|
|
The fgetwc() function obtains the next input wide-character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetwc(3). The getwc() function acts... |
|
fileno(3) -- check and reset stream status
|
|
The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return... |
|
finite(3) -- Functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. finite() returns the value 1 just when -infinity < x < +infinity; otherwise a zero... |
|
finitef(3) -- Functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. finite() returns the value 1 just when -infinity < x < +infinity; otherwise a zero... |
|
floor(3) -- round to largest integral value not greater than x
|
|
The floor() and floorf() functions return the largest integral value less than or equal to x. |
|
floorf(3) -- round to largest integral value not greater than x
|
|
The floor() and floorf() functions return the largest integral value less than or equal to x. |
|
fmod(3) -- floating-point remainder function
|
|
The fmod() function computes the floating-point remainder of x/ y. |
|
fmodf(3) -- floating-point remainder function
|
|
The fmod() function computes the floating-point remainder of x/ y. |
|
fmtcheck(3) -- sanitizes user-supplied printf(3)-style format string
|
|
The fmtcheck function scans fmt_suspect and fmt_default to determine if fmt_suspect will consume the same argument types as fmt_default and to ensure that fmt_suspect is a valid format string. The pri... |
|
fmtmsg(3) -- format and display a message
|
|
The fmtmsg() function can be used to display messages in the specified format. Messages may be written either to standard error, to the console, or both. A formatted message consists of up to five com... |
|
fnmatch(3) -- match filename or pathname using shell glob rules
|
|
The fnmatch() function matches patterns according to the globbing rules used by the shell. It checks the string specified by the string argument to see if it matches the pattern specified by the patte... |
|
fopen(3) -- stream open functions
|
|
The fopen() function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by path and associates a stream with it. The argument mode points to a string beginning with one of the following sequences (Add... |
|
forkpty(3) -- tty utility functions
|
|
The openpty(), login_tty(), and forkpty() functions perform manipulations on ttys and pseudo-ttys. The openpty() function finds an available pseudo-tty and returns file descriptors for the master and ... |
|
form(3) -- form library
|
|
The form library provides a terminal independent form system using the curses(3) library. Before using the form functions the terminal must be set up by curses(3) using the initscr() function or simil... |
|
forms(3) -- form library
|
|
The form library provides a terminal independent form system using the curses(3) library. Before using the form functions the terminal must be set up by curses(3) using the initscr() function or simil... |
|
form_cursor(3) -- form library
|
|
The function pos_form_cursor() positions the screen cursor at the correct position for the form. This function can be used to restore the cursor state after using other curses routines. |
|
form_data(3) -- form library
|
|
If there is data offscreen to the right of the current field of the given form then data_ahead() will return TRUE, otherwise FALSE is returned. Similarly, if there is data offscreen to the left of the... |
|
form_driver(3) -- form library
|
|
The form_driver() is the heart of the forms library, it takes commands in the request parameter that is either a request to the driver to perform some action or is a character to be inserted into the ... |
|
form_field(3) -- form library
|
|
The field_count() function returns the number of fields that are attached to the given form, if the form argument passed is NULL then field_count() will return -1. The function form_fields() will retu... |
|
form_fieldtype(3) -- form library
|
|
The function free_fieldtype() frees the storage associated with the field type and destroys it. The function link_fieldtype() links together the two given field types to produce a new field type. A ne... |
|
form_field_attributes(3) -- form library
|
|
Calling the function field_back() will return the character attributes that will be applied to a field that is not the current field, these attributes can be set by the set_field_back() function. The ... |
|
form_field_buffer(3) -- form library
|
|
The field_buffer() function returns the contents of the buffer number specified by buffer for the given field. If the requested buffer number exceeds the number of buffers attached to the field then N... |
|
form_field_info(3) -- form library
|
|
The function dynamic_field_info() returns the sizing information for the field given. The function will return the number of rows, columns and the maximum growth of the field in the storage pointed to... |
|
form_field_just(3) -- form library
|
|
Field justification is only applied to static fields, a dynamic field will not be justified. The default justification for a field is NO_JUSTIFICATION. The field_just() will return the current justifi... |
|
form_field_new(3) -- form library
|
|
The dup_field() function duplicates the given field, including any buffers associated with the field and returns the pointer to the newly created field. free_field() destroys the field and frees any a... |
|
form_field_opts(3) -- form library
|
|
The function field_opts() returns the current options settings for the given field. The field_opts_off() will turn the options given in options off for the given field, options not specified in option... |
|
form_field_userptr(3) -- form library
|
|
The field_userptr() function returns the pointer to the user defined data for the field, this pointer may be set by calling the set_field_userptr() function. |
|
form_field_validation(3) -- form library
|
|
The field_arg() function returns the field type arguments that are associated with the given field. The field_type() function returns the field type structure associated with the given field, this typ... |
|
form_hook(3) -- form library
|
|
The field_init() function returns a pointer to the function that will be called just after the current field changes and just before the form is posted, this function may be set by using the set_field... |
|
form_new(3) -- form library
|
|
The function free_form() frees all the resources associated with the form and destroys the form. Calling new_form() will create a new form, set the form parameters to the current defaults and attach t... |
|
form_new_page(3) -- form library
|
|
The new_page() function returns TRUE if the given field is the start of a new page, otherwise it returns FALSE, the new page status of a field can be set or unset using the set_new_page() function. |
|
form_opts(3) -- form library
|
|
The function form_opts() returns the current options that are set on the given form. The form_opts_off() will turn off the form options given in options for the form, similarly, form_opts_on() will tu... |
|
form_page(3) -- form library
|
|
The current_field() returns a pointer to the structure for the field that is currently active on the page. If there is an error, current_field() will return NULL. Calling field_index() will return the... |
|
form_post(3) -- form library
|
|
The post_form() function performs the actions necessary to present the form on the curses screen. If there are any init functions that need to be called then they will be called prior to the form bein... |
|
form_userptr(3) -- form library
|
|
The form_userptr() function returns the pointer to the user defined data associated with the form, this pointer may be set using the set_form_userptr() call. |
|
form_win(3) -- form library
|
|
All output to the screen done by the forms library is handled by the curses library routines. By default, the forms library will output to the curses stdscr, but if the forms window has been set via s... |
|
fparseln(3) -- return the next logical line from a stream
|
|
The fparseln() function returns a pointer to the next logical line from the stream referenced by stream. This string is NUL terminated and it is dynamicaly allocated on each invocation. It is the resp... |
|
fpgetmask(3) -- IEEE FP mode control
|
|
A rounding mode is one of FP_RZ, FP_RM, FP_RN, or FP_RP, for rounding towards zero, rounding (Minus infinity) down, rounding to nearest, and rounding (Plus infinity) up. The default mode is FP_RN. An ... |
|
fpgetround(3) -- IEEE FP mode control
|
|
A rounding mode is one of FP_RZ, FP_RM, FP_RN, or FP_RP, for rounding towards zero, rounding (Minus infinity) down, rounding to nearest, and rounding (Plus infinity) up. The default mode is FP_RN. An ... |
|
fpgetsticky(3) -- IEEE FP mode control
|
|
A rounding mode is one of FP_RZ, FP_RM, FP_RN, or FP_RP, for rounding towards zero, rounding (Minus infinity) down, rounding to nearest, and rounding (Plus infinity) up. The default mode is FP_RN. An ... |
|
fprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
|
The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. printf() and vprintf() write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprintf() write out... |
|
fpsetmask(3) -- IEEE FP mode control
|
|
A rounding mode is one of FP_RZ, FP_RM, FP_RN, or FP_RP, for rounding towards zero, rounding (Minus infinity) down, rounding to nearest, and rounding (Plus infinity) up. The default mode is FP_RN. An ... |
|
fpsetround(3) -- IEEE FP mode control
|
|
A rounding mode is one of FP_RZ, FP_RM, FP_RN, or FP_RP, for rounding towards zero, rounding (Minus infinity) down, rounding to nearest, and rounding (Plus infinity) up. The default mode is FP_RN. An ... |
|
fpsetsticky(3) -- IEEE FP mode control
|
|
A rounding mode is one of FP_RZ, FP_RM, FP_RN, or FP_RP, for rounding towards zero, rounding (Minus infinity) down, rounding to nearest, and rounding (Plus infinity) up. The default mode is FP_RN. An ... |
|
fpurge(3) -- flush a stream
|
|
The function fflush() forces a write of all buffered data for the given output or update stream via the stream's underlying write function. The open status of the stream is unaffected. If the stream ... |
|
fputc(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
|
|
The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an ``unsigned char'') to the output stream pointed to by stream. putc() acts essentially identically to fputc(), but is a macro that expands... |
|
fputs(3) -- output a line to a stream
|
|
The function fputs() writes the string pointed to by str to the stream pointed to by stream. The function puts() writes the string str, and a terminating newline character, to the stream stdout. |
|
fputwc(3) -- output a wide-character to a stream
|
|
The fputwc() function writes the wide-character wc to the output stream pointed to by stream. putwc() acts essentially identically to fputwc(), but is a macro that expands in-line. It may evaluate str... |
|
fread(3) -- binary stream input/output
|
|
The function fread() reads nmemb objects, each size bytes long, from the stream pointed to by stream, storing them at the location given by ptr. The function fwrite() writes nmemb objects, each size b... |
|
free(3) -- general purpose memory allocation functions
|
|
The malloc() function allocates size bytes of memory. The allocated space is suitably aligned (after possible pointer coercion) for storage of any type of object. If the space is at least pagesize byt... |
|
freeaddrinfo(3) -- nodename-to-address translation
|
|
The getaddrinfo() function is defined for protocol-independent nodenameto-address translation. It performs the functionality of gethostbyname(3) and getservbyname(3), but in a more sophisticated manne... |
|
freeifaddrs(3) -- get interface addresses
|
|
The getifaddrs() function stores a reference to a linked list of the network interfaces on the local machine in the memory referenced by ifap. The list consists of ifaddrs structures, as defined in th... |
|
freopen(3) -- stream open functions
|
|
The fopen() function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by path and associates a stream with it. The argument mode points to a string beginning with one of the following sequences (Add... |
|
frexp(3) -- convert floating-point number to fractional and integral components
|
|
The frexp() function breaks a floating-point number into a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. It stores the integer in the int object pointed to by exp. |
|
fropen(3) -- open a stream
|
|
The funopen() function associates a stream with up to four ``I/O functions''. Either readfn or writefn must be specified; the others can be given as an appropriately-typed NULL pointer. These I/O fu... |
|
fscanf(3) -- input format conversion
|
|
The scanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the p... |
|
fseek(3) -- reposition a stream
|
|
The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ... |
|
fseeko(3) -- reposition a stream
|
|
The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ... |
|
fsetpos(3) -- reposition a stream
|
|
The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ... |
|
ftell(3) -- reposition a stream
|
|
The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ... |
|
ftello(3) -- reposition a stream
|
|
The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ... |
|
ftime(3) -- get date and time
|
|
This interface is obsoleted by gettimeofday(2). It is available from the compatibility library, libcompat. Note: time zone information is no longer provided by this interface. See localtime(3) for inf... |
|
ftok(3) -- create IPC indentifier from path name
|
|
The ftok() function attempts to create a unique key suitable for use with the msgget(2), semget(2) and shmget(2) functions given the path of an existing file and a user-selectable id. The specified pa... |
|
fts(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
|
|
The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. A simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other f... |
|
fts_children(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
|
|
The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. A simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other f... |
|
fts_close(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
|
|
The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. A simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other f... |
|
fts_open(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
|
|
The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. A simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other f... |
|
fts_read(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
|
|
The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. A simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other f... |
|
fts_set(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
|
|
The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. A simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other f... |
|
funopen(3) -- open a stream
|
|
The funopen() function associates a stream with up to four ``I/O functions''. Either readfn or writefn must be specified; the others can be given as an appropriately-typed NULL pointer. These I/O fu... |
|
fwide(3) -- get/set orientation of a stream
|
|
The fwide() function determines the orientation of the stream pointed at by stream. If the orientation of stream has already been determined, fwide() leaves it unchanged. Otherwise, fwide() sets the o... |
|
fwopen(3) -- open a stream
|
|
The funopen() function associates a stream with up to four ``I/O functions''. Either readfn or writefn must be specified; the others can be given as an appropriately-typed NULL pointer. These I/O fu... |
|
fwrite(3) -- binary stream input/output
|
|
The function fread() reads nmemb objects, each size bytes long, from the stream pointed to by stream, storing them at the location given by ptr. The function fwrite() writes nmemb objects, each size b... |
|
gai_strerror(3) -- nodename-to-address translation
|
|
The getaddrinfo() function is defined for protocol-independent nodenameto-address translation. It performs the functionality of gethostbyname(3) and getservbyname(3), but in a more sophisticated manne... |
|
gamma(3) -- log gamma function
|
|
|
|
gammaf(3) -- log gamma function
|
|
|
|
gammaf_r(3) -- log gamma function
|
|
|
|
gamma_r(3) -- log gamma function
|
|
|
|
getaddrinfo(3) -- nodename-to-address translation
|
|
The getaddrinfo() function is defined for protocol-independent nodenameto-address translation. It performs the functionality of gethostbyname(3) and getservbyname(3), but in a more sophisticated manne... |
|
getbootfile(3) -- get the name of the booted kernel file
|
|
getbootfile() returns a static pointer to the full path name of the file from which the current kernel was loaded. If it can not be determined, or the file is not ``secure'' (see secure_path(3)), _P... |
|
getbsize(3) -- get user block size
|
|
The getbsize function determines the user's preferred block size based on the value of the ``BLOCKSIZE'' environment variable; see environ(7) for details on its use and format. The getbsize functio... |
|
getc(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
|
|
The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti... |
|
getcap(3) -- capability database access routines
|
|
cgetent() extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. cgetent() will first look for f... |
|
getchar(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
|
|
The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti... |
|
getchar_unlocked(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
|
|
The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti... |
|
getcwd(3) -- get working directory pathname
|
|
The getcwd() function copies the absolute pathname of the current working directory into the memory referenced by buf and returns a pointer to buf. The size argument is the size, in bytes, of the arra... |
|
getc_unlocked(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
|
|
The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti... |
|
getdirentries(3) -- get directory entries in a filesystem independent format
|
|
This interface is provided for compatibility only and has been obsoleted by getdents(2). getdirentries() reads directory entries from the directory referenced by the file descriptor fd into the buffer... |
|
getdiskbyname(3) -- get generic disk description by its name
|
|
The getdiskbyname() function takes a disk name (e.g. `rm03') and returns a prototype disk label describing its geometry information and the standard disk partition tables. All information is obtained... |
|
getdomainname(3) -- get/set domain name of current host
|
|
getdomainname() returns the standard domain name for the current processor, as previously set by setdomainname(). The parameter namelen specifies the size of the name array. The returned name is null-... |
|
getdtablesize(3) -- get descriptor table size
|
|
Each process has a fixed size descriptor table, which is guaranteed to have at least 20 slots. The entries in the descriptor table are numbered with small integers starting at 0. The call getdtablesiz... |
|
getenv(3) -- environment variable functions
|
|
These functions set, unset and fetch environment variables from the host environment list. For compatibility with differing environment conventions, the given arguments name and value may be appended ... |
|
getfsent(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
|
|
The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file, |
|
getfsfile(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
|
|
The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file, |
|
getfsspec(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
|
|
The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file, |
|
getfstype(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
|
|
The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file, |
|
getgrent(3) -- group database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the group database file which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct group { char *g... |
|
getgrgid(3) -- group database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the group database file which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct group { char *g... |
|
getgrnam(3) -- group database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the group database file which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct group { char *g... |
|
getgrouplist(3) -- calculate group access list
|
|
The getgrouplist() function reads through the group database and calculates the group access list for the user specified in name. The basegid is automatically included in the groups list. Typically th... |
|
gethostbyaddr(3) -- get network host entry
|
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
|
gethostbyname(3) -- get network host entry
|
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
|
gethostbyname2(3) -- get network host entry
|
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
|
gethostid(3) -- get/set unique identifier of current host
|
|
sethostid() establishes a 32-bit identifier for the current processor that is intended to be unique among all UNIX systems in existence. This is normally a DARPA Internet address for the local machine... |
|
gethostname(3) -- get/set name of current host
|
|
gethostname() returns the standard host name for the current processor, as previously set by sethostname(). The parameter namelen specifies the size of the name array. The returned name is null-termin... |
|
getifaddrs(3) -- get interface addresses
|
|
The getifaddrs() function stores a reference to a linked list of the network interfaces on the local machine in the memory referenced by ifap. The list consists of ifaddrs structures, as defined in th... |
|
getloadavg(3) -- get system load averages
|
|
The getloadavg() function returns the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over various periods of time. Up to nelem samples are retrieved and assigned to successive elements of loadav... |
|
getmaxpartitions(3) -- get the maximum number of partitions allowed per disk
|
|
getmaxpartitions() returns the number of partitions that are allowed per disk on the system. |
|
getmntinfo(3) -- get information about mounted file systems
|
|
The getmntinfo() function returns an array of statfs structures describing each currently mounted file system (see statfs(2)). The getmntinfo() function passes its flags parameter transparently to get... |
|
getmode(3) -- modify mode bits
|
|
The getmode() function returns a copy of the file permission bits mode as altered by the values pointed to by set. While only the mode bits are altered, other parts of the file mode may be examined. T... |
|
getnameinfo(3) -- address-to-nodename translation in protocol-independent manner
|
|
The getnameinfo() function is defined for protocol-independent addressto-nodename translation. Its functionality is a reverse conversion of getaddrinfo(3), and implements similar functionality with ge... |
|
getnetbyaddr(3) -- get network entry
|
|
The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network data base as des... |
|
getnetbyname(3) -- get network entry
|
|
The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network data base as des... |
|
getnetconfig(3) -- get network configuration database entry
|
|
The library routines described on this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig. getnetconfig() returns a pointer to the current entry in the da... |
|
getnetconfigent(3) -- get network configuration database entry
|
|
The library routines described on this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig. getnetconfig() returns a pointer to the current entry in the da... |
|
getnetent(3) -- get network entry
|
|
The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network data base as des... |
|
getnetgrent(3) -- netgroup database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the netgroup database file which is described in netgroup(5). The database defines a set of netgroups, each made up of one or more triples: (host, user, domain) that defines... |
|
getnetpath(3) -- get /etc/netconfig entry corresponding to NETPATH component
|
|
The routines described in this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig, as it is ``filtered'' by the NETPATH environment variable (see enviro... |
|
getopt(3) -- get option character from command line argument list
|
|
The getopt() function incrementally parses a command line argument list argv and returns the next known option character. An option character is known if it has been specified in the string of accepte... |
|
getopt_long(3) -- get long options from command line argument list
|
|
The getopt_long() function is similar to getopt(3) but it accepts options in two forms: words and characters. The getopt_long() function provides a superset of of the functionality of getopt(3). getop... |
|
getpagesize(3) -- get system page size
|
|
This interface is obsoleted by sysconf(3). getpagesize() returns the number of bytes in a page. Page granularity is the granularity of many of the memory management calls. The page size is a system pa... |
|
getpass(3) -- get a password
|
|
The getpass() function displays a prompt to, and reads in a password from, /dev/tty. If this file is not accessible, getpass displays the prompt on the standard error output and reads from the standar... |
|
getprogname(3) -- get/set the name of the current program
|
|
These utility functions get and set the current program's name as used by various error-reporting functions. getprogname() returns the name of the current program. This function is typically useful w... |
|
getprotobyname(3) -- get protocol entry
|
|
The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol... |
|
getprotobynumber(3) -- get protocol entry
|
|
The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol... |
|
getprotoent(3) -- get protocol entry
|
|
The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol... |
|
getpwent(3) -- password database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ... |
|
getpwnam(3) -- password database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ... |
|
getpwuid(3) -- password database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ... |
|
getrawpartition(3) -- get the system ``raw'' partition
|
|
getrawpartition() returns the partition number ( `a' == 0, `b' == 1, ...) of the ``raw'' partition of the system's disks. The ``raw'' partition is defined as the partition which provides access... |
|
getrpcbyname(3) -- get RPC entry
|
|
getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber(), each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number data base, /etc/... |
|
getrpcbynumber(3) -- get RPC entry
|
|
getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber(), each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number data base, /etc/... |
|
getrpcent(3) -- get RPC entry
|
|
getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber(), each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number data base, /etc/... |
|
getrpcport(3) -- get RPC port number
|
|
getrpcport() returns the port number for version versnum of the RPC program prognum running on host and using protocol proto. It returns 0 if it cannot contact the portmapper, or if prognum is not reg... |
|
gets(3) -- get a line from a stream
|
|
The fgets() function reads at most one less than the number of characters specified by size from the given stream and stores them in the string str. Reading stops when a newline character is found, at... |
|
getservbyname(3) -- get service entry
|
|
The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data... |
|
getservbyport(3) -- get service entry
|
|
The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data... |
|
getservent(3) -- get service entry
|
|
The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data... |
|
getskeyprompt(3) -- one-time password (OTP) library
|
|
The skey library provides routines for accessing NetBSD's one-time password (OTP) authentication system. Most S/Key operations take a pointer to a struct skey, which should be considered as an opaque... |
|
getsubopt(3) -- get sub options from an argument
|
|
The getsubopt() function parses a string containing tokens delimited by one or more tab, space or comma (`,') characters. It is intended for use in parsing groups of option arguments provided as part... |
|
gettext(3) -- message handling functions
|
|
The gettext(), dgettext(), and dcgettext() functions attempt to retrieve a target string based on the specified msgid argument within the context of a specific domain and the current locale. The lengt... |
|
getttyent(3) -- get ttys file entry
|
|
The getttyent(), and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the broken-out fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { c... |
|
getttynam(3) -- get ttys file entry
|
|
The getttyent(), and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the broken-out fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { c... |
|
getusershell(3) -- get valid user shells
|
|
The getusershell() function returns a pointer to a valid user shell as defined by the system manager in the shells database as described in shells(5). If the shells database is not available, getusers... |
|
getw(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
|
|
The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti... |
|
getwc(3) -- get next wide-character from input stream
|
|
The fgetwc() function obtains the next input wide-character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetwc(3). The getwc() function acts... |
|
getwchar(3) -- get next wide-character from input stream
|
|
The fgetwc() function obtains the next input wide-character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetwc(3). The getwc() function acts... |
|
getwd(3) -- get working directory pathname
|
|
The getcwd() function copies the absolute pathname of the current working directory into the memory referenced by buf and returns a pointer to buf. The size argument is the size, in bytes, of the arra... |
|
get_myaddress(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
gid_from_group(3) -- cache password and group entries
|
|
The user_from_uid() function returns the user name associated with the argument uid. The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same uid do not require additional calls to getpwuid(3). If... |
|
glob(3) -- generate pathnames matching a pattern
|
|
The glob() function is a pathname generator that implements the rules for file name pattern matching used by the shell. The include file glob.h defines the structure type glob_t, which contains at lea... |
|
globfree(3) -- generate pathnames matching a pattern
|
|
The glob() function is a pathname generator that implements the rules for file name pattern matching used by the shell. The include file glob.h defines the structure type glob_t, which contains at lea... |
|
gmtime(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
|
ctime() converts a long integer, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:22:48 19... |
|
gmtime_r(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
|
ctime() converts a long integer, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:22:48 19... |
|
group_from_gid(3) -- cache password and group entries
|
|
The user_from_uid() function returns the user name associated with the argument uid. The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same uid do not require additional calls to getpwuid(3). If... |
|
gtty(3) -- set and get terminal state (defunct)
|
|
These interfaces are obsoleted by ioctl(2). They are available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The stty() function sets the state of the terminal associated with fd. The gtty() function ret... |
|
hash(3) -- hash database access method
|
|
The routine dbopen is the library interface to database files. One of the supported file formats is hash files. The general description of the database access methods is in dbopen(3), this manual page... |
|
hcreate(3) -- manage hash search table
|
|
The hcreate(), hdestroy() and hsearch() functions manage hash search tables. The hcreate() function allocates and initializes the table. The nel argument specifies an estimate of the maximum number of... |
|
hdestroy(3) -- manage hash search table
|
|
The hcreate(), hdestroy() and hsearch() functions manage hash search tables. The hcreate() function allocates and initializes the table. The nel argument specifies an estimate of the maximum number of... |
|
heapsort(3) -- sort functions
|
|
The qsort() function is a modified partition-exchange sort, or quicksort. The heapsort() function is a modified selection sort. The mergesort() function is a modified merge sort with exponential searc... |
|
herror(3) -- get network host entry
|
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
|
hesiod(3) -- Hesiod name server interface library
|
|
This family of functions allows you to perform lookups of Hesiod information, which is stored as text records in the Domain Name Service. To perform lookups, you must first initialize a context, an op... |
|
hesiod_end(3) -- Hesiod name server interface library
|
|
This family of functions allows you to perform lookups of Hesiod information, which is stored as text records in the Domain Name Service. To perform lookups, you must first initialize a context, an op... |
|
hesiod_free_list(3) -- Hesiod name server interface library
|
|
This family of functions allows you to perform lookups of Hesiod information, which is stored as text records in the Domain Name Service. To perform lookups, you must first initialize a context, an op... |
|
hesiod_init(3) -- Hesiod name server interface library
|
|
This family of functions allows you to perform lookups of Hesiod information, which is stored as text records in the Domain Name Service. To perform lookups, you must first initialize a context, an op... |
|
hesiod_resolve(3) -- Hesiod name server interface library
|
|
This family of functions allows you to perform lookups of Hesiod information, which is stored as text records in the Domain Name Service. To perform lookups, you must first initialize a context, an op... |
|
hesiod_to_bind(3) -- Hesiod name server interface library
|
|
This family of functions allows you to perform lookups of Hesiod information, which is stored as text records in the Domain Name Service. To perform lookups, you must first initialize a context, an op... |
|
hid_dispose_report_desc(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTION [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us... |
|
hid_end_parse(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTION [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us... |
|
hid_get_data(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTION [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us... |
|
hid_get_item(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTION [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us... |
|
hid_get_report_desc(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTION [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us... |
|
hid_init(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTION [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us... |
|
hid_locate(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTION [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us... |
|
hid_report_size(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTION [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us... |
|
hid_set_data(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTION [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us... |
|
hid_start_parse(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTION [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us... |
|
hid_usage_in_page(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTION [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us... |
|
hid_usage_page(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTION [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us... |
|
history(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
history_end(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
history_init(3) -- line editor and history functions
|
|
The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr... |
|
hosts_access(3) -- access control library
|
|
The routines described in this document are part of the libwrap.a library. They implement a rule-based access control language with optional shell commands that are executed when a rule fires. request... |
|
hosts_ctl(3) -- access control library
|
|
The routines described in this document are part of the libwrap.a library. They implement a rule-based access control language with optional shell commands that are executed when a rule fires. request... |
|
hsearch(3) -- manage hash search table
|
|
The hcreate(), hdestroy() and hsearch() functions manage hash search tables. The hcreate() function allocates and initializes the table. The nel argument specifies an estimate of the maximum number of... |
|
hstrerror(3) -- get network host entry
|
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
|
htonl(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order
|
|
These routines convert 16 and 32 bit quantities between network byte order and host byte order. The types in_addr_t and in_port_t are defined by X/Open as: typedef u_int32_t in_addr_t; typedef u_int16... |
|
htons(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order
|
|
These routines convert 16 and 32 bit quantities between network byte order and host byte order. The types in_addr_t and in_port_t are defined by X/Open as: typedef u_int32_t in_addr_t; typedef u_int16... |
|
hypot(3) -- euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions
|
|
The hypot() and cabs() functions computes the sqrt(x*x+y*y) in such a way that underflow will not happen, and overflow occurs only if the final result deserves it. hypot(infinity, v) = hypot(v, infini... |
|
hypotf(3) -- euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions
|
|
The hypot() and cabs() functions computes the sqrt(x*x+y*y) in such a way that underflow will not happen, and overflow occurs only if the final result deserves it. hypot(infinity, v) = hypot(v, infini... |
|
ieee(3) -- Functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. finite() returns the value 1 just when -infinity < x < +infinity; otherwise a zero... |
|
ieee_test(3) -- IEEE test functions
|
|
These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) returns x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precision floating-p... |
|
if_freenameindex(3) -- provide mappings between interface names and indexes
|
|
The if_nametoindex() function maps the interface name specified in ifname to its corresponding index. If the specified interface does not exist, it returns 0. The if_indextoname() function maps the in... |
|
if_indextoname(3) -- provide mappings between interface names and indexes
|
|
The if_nametoindex() function maps the interface name specified in ifname to its corresponding index. If the specified interface does not exist, it returns 0. The if_indextoname() function maps the in... |
|
if_nameindex(3) -- provide mappings between interface names and indexes
|
|
The if_nametoindex() function maps the interface name specified in ifname to its corresponding index. If the specified interface does not exist, it returns 0. The if_indextoname() function maps the in... |
|
if_nametoindex(3) -- provide mappings between interface names and indexes
|
|
The if_nametoindex() function maps the interface name specified in ifname to its corresponding index. If the specified interface does not exist, it returns 0. The if_indextoname() function maps the in... |
|
ilogb(3) -- Functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. finite() returns the value 1 just when -infinity < x < +infinity; otherwise a zero... |
|
ilogbf(3) -- Functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. finite() returns the value 1 just when -infinity < x < +infinity; otherwise a zero... |
|
index(3) -- locate character in string
|
|
The index() function locates the first character matching c (converted to a char) in the null-terminated string s. |
|
inet(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard "dotted quad" notation. The inet_pton() function converts... |
|
inet6_option_alloc(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
|
|
Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constranints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC2292 defines a set of functions to help the applic... |
|
inet6_option_append(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
|
|
Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constranints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC2292 defines a set of functions to help the applic... |
|
inet6_option_find(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
|
|
Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constranints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC2292 defines a set of functions to help the applic... |
|
inet6_option_init(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
|
|
Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constranints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC2292 defines a set of functions to help the applic... |
|
inet6_option_next(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
|
|
Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constranints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC2292 defines a set of functions to help the applic... |
|
inet6_option_space(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
|
|
Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constranints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC2292 defines a set of functions to help the applic... |
|
inet6_rthdr_add(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
|
RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo... |
|
inet6_rthdr_getaddr(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
|
RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo... |
|
inet6_rthdr_getflags(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
|
RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo... |
|
inet6_rthdr_init(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
|
RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo... |
|
inet6_rthdr_lasthop(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
|
RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo... |
|
inet6_rthdr_reverse(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
|
RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo... |
|
inet6_rthdr_segments(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
|
RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo... |
|
inet6_rthdr_space(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
|
|
RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo... |
|
inet_addr(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard "dotted quad" notation. The inet_pton() function converts... |
|
inet_aton(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard "dotted quad" notation. The inet_pton() function converts... |
|
inet_lnaof(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard "dotted quad" notation. The inet_pton() function converts... |
|
inet_makeaddr(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard "dotted quad" notation. The inet_pton() function converts... |
|
inet_net(3) -- Internet network number manipulation routines
|
|
The inet_net_ntop() function converts an Internet network number from network format (usually a struct in_addr or some other binary form, in network byte order) to CIDR presentation format (suitable f... |
|
inet_netof(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard "dotted quad" notation. The inet_pton() function converts... |
|
inet_network(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard "dotted quad" notation. The inet_pton() function converts... |
|
inet_net_ntop(3) -- Internet network number manipulation routines
|
|
The inet_net_ntop() function converts an Internet network number from network format (usually a struct in_addr or some other binary form, in network byte order) to CIDR presentation format (suitable f... |
|
inet_net_pton(3) -- Internet network number manipulation routines
|
|
The inet_net_ntop() function converts an Internet network number from network format (usually a struct in_addr or some other binary form, in network byte order) to CIDR presentation format (suitable f... |
|
inet_ntoa(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard "dotted quad" notation. The inet_pton() function converts... |
|
inet_ntop(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard "dotted quad" notation. The inet_pton() function converts... |
|
inet_pton(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard "dotted quad" notation. The inet_pton() function converts... |
|
initgroups(3) -- initialize supplementary group IDs
|
|
The initgroups() function uses the getgrouplist(3) function to calculate the supplementary group IDs for the user specified in name. This group list then set up for the current process using setgroups... |
|
initstate(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators
|
|
The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (... |
|
init_error_table(3) -- common error display library
|
|
The com_err library provides a common error-reporting mechanism for defining and accessing error codes and descriptions for application software packages. Error descriptions are defined in a table and... |
|
innetgr(3) -- netgroup database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the netgroup database file which is described in netgroup(5). The database defines a set of netgroups, each made up of one or more triples: (host, user, domain) that defines... |
|
insque(3) -- insert/remove element from a queue
|
|
These interfaces are available from the compatibility library, libcompat. insque() and remque() manipulate queues built from doubly linked lists. Each element in the queue must begin with a "struct q... |
|
intro(3) -- introduction to the system libraries
|
|
This section provides an overview of the system libraries, their functions, error returns and other common definitions and concepts. Most of these functions are available from the standard C library, ... |
|
ipsec_dump_policy(3) -- manipulate IPsec policy specification structure from readable string
|
|
ipsec_set_policy() generates IPsec policy specification structure, namely struct sadb_x_policy and/or struct sadb_x_ipsecrequest from human-readable policy specification. policy specification must be ... |
|
ipsec_get_policylen(3) -- manipulate IPsec policy specification structure from readable string
|
|
ipsec_set_policy() generates IPsec policy specification structure, namely struct sadb_x_policy and/or struct sadb_x_ipsecrequest from human-readable policy specification. policy specification must be ... |
|
ipsec_set_policy(3) -- manipulate IPsec policy specification structure from readable string
|
|
ipsec_set_policy() generates IPsec policy specification structure, namely struct sadb_x_policy and/or struct sadb_x_ipsecrequest from human-readable policy specification. policy specification must be ... |
|
ipsec_strerror(3) -- error code for IPsec policy manipulation library
|
|
netinet6/ipsec.h declares extern int ipsec_errcode; which is used to pass an error code from IPsec policy manipulation library to an user program. ipsec_strerror() can be used to obtain the error mess... |
|
iruserok(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
|
The rcmd() function is available for use by anyone to run commands on a remote system. It acts like the orcmd() command, with the exception that it makes a call out to the rcmd(1) command, or any othe... |
|
iruserok_sa(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
|
The rcmd() function is available for use by anyone to run commands on a remote system. It acts like the orcmd() command, with the exception that it makes a call out to the rcmd(1) command, or any othe... |
|
isalnum(3) -- alphanumeric character test
|
|
The isalnum() macro tests for any character for which isalpha(3) or isdigit(3) is true. |
|
isalpha(3) -- alphabetic character test
|
|
The isalpha() function tests for any character for which isupper(3) or islower(3) is true and for which none of iscntrl(3), isdigit(3), ispunct(3), or isspace(3) is true. In the ``C'' locale, isalph... |
|
isascii(3) -- test for ASCII character
|
|
The isascii() function tests for an ASCII character, which is any character with a value less than than or equal to 0177. |
|
isatty(3) -- get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor
|
|
These functions operate on the system file descriptors for terminal type devices. These descriptors are not related to the standard I/O FILE typedef, but refer to the special device files found in /de... |
|
isblank(3) -- blank-space character test
|
|
The isblank() function tests for the standard blank-space characters. The standard blank-space characters are the following: ` ' Space character. \t Horizontal tab. In the ``C'' locale, isblank() ... |
|
iscntrl(3) -- control character test
|
|
The iscntrl() function tests for any control character. |
|
isdigit(3) -- decimal-digit character test
|
|
The isdigit() function tests for any decimal-digit character. |
|
isgraph(3) -- printing character test (space character exclusive)
|
|
The isgraph() function tests for any printing character except space (' '). |
|
isinf(3) -- test for infinity or not-a-number
|
|
The isinf() function returns 1 if the number is ``infinity'', otherwise 0. The isnan() function returns 1 if the number is ``not-a-number'', otherwise 0. |
|
isinff(3) -- test for infinity or not-a-number
|
|
The isinff() function returns 1 if the number is ``infinity'', otherwise 0. The isnanf() function returns 1 if the number is ``not-a-number'', otherwise 0. |
|
islower(3) -- lower-case character test
|
|
The islower() function tests for any lower-case letter for which none of iscntrl(3), isdigit(3), ispunct(3), or isspace(3) is true. In the ``C'' locale, islower() returns true only for the character... |
|
isnan(3) -- test for infinity or not-a-number
|
|
The isinf() function returns 1 if the number is ``infinity'', otherwise 0. The isnan() function returns 1 if the number is ``not-a-number'', otherwise 0. |
|
isnanf(3) -- test for infinity or not-a-number
|
|
The isinff() function returns 1 if the number is ``infinity'', otherwise 0. The isnanf() function returns 1 if the number is ``not-a-number'', otherwise 0. |
|
iso_addr(3) -- elementary network address conversion routines for Open System Interconnection
|
|
The routine iso_addr() interprets character strings representing OSI addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine iso_ntoa() takes OSI addresses and returns AS... |
|
isprint(3) -- printing character test (space character inclusive)
|
|
The isprint() function tests for any printing character including space (' '). |
|
ispunct(3) -- punctuation character test
|
|
The ispunct() function tests for any printing character except space (' ') or a character for which isalnum(3) is true. |
|
isspace(3) -- white-space character test
|
|
The isspace() function tests for the standard white-space characters for which isalnum(3) is false. The standard white-space characters are the following: ` ' Space character. \f Form feed. \n New-... |
|
isupper(3) -- upper-case character test
|
|
The isupper() function tests for any upper-case letter or any of an implementation-defined set of characters for which none of iscntrl(3), isdigit(3), ispunct(3), or isspace(3) is true. In the ``C''... |
|
iswalnum(3) -- wide character classification utilities
|
|
The functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See description for singlebyte classification functions, like isalnum(3), for details. |
|
iswalpha(3) -- wide character classification utilities
|
|
The functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See description for singlebyte classification functions, like isalnum(3), for details. |
|
iswblank(3) -- wide character classification utilities
|
|
The functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See description for singlebyte classification functions, like isalnum(3), for details. |
|
iswcntrl(3) -- wide character classification utilities
|
|
The functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See description for singlebyte classification functions, like isalnum(3), for details. |
|
iswdigit(3) -- wide character classification utilities
|
|
The functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See description for singlebyte classification functions, like isalnum(3), for details. |
|
iswgraph(3) -- wide character classification utilities
|
|
The functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See description for singlebyte classification functions, like isalnum(3), for details. |
|
iswlower(3) -- wide character classification utilities
|
|
The functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See description for singlebyte classification functions, like isalnum(3), for details. |
|
iswprint(3) -- wide character classification utilities
|
|
The functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See description for singlebyte classification functions, like isalnum(3), for details. |
|
iswpunct(3) -- wide character classification utilities
|
|
The functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See description for singlebyte classification functions, like isalnum(3), for details. |
|
iswspace(3) -- wide character classification utilities
|
|
The functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See description for singlebyte classification functions, like isalnum(3), for details. |
|
iswupper(3) -- wide character classification utilities
|
|
The functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See description for singlebyte classification functions, like isalnum(3), for details. |
|
iswxdigit(3) -- wide character classification utilities
|
|
The functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See description for singlebyte classification functions, like isalnum(3), for details. |
|
isxdigit(3) -- hexadecimal-digit character test
|
|
The isxdigit() function tests for any hexadecimal-digit character. |
|
j0(3) -- bessel functions of first and second kind
|
|
The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes... |
|
j0f(3) -- bessel functions of first and second kind
|
|
The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes... |
|
j1(3) -- bessel functions of first and second kind
|
|
The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes... |
|
j1f(3) -- bessel functions of first and second kind
|
|
The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes... |
|
jn(3) -- bessel functions of first and second kind
|
|
The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes... |
|
jnf(3) -- bessel functions of first and second kind
|
|
The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes... |
|
jrand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
|
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
|
kafs(3) -- AFS library
|
|
k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. krb_... |
|
kerberos(3) -- Kerberos authentication library
|
|
This library supports network authentication and various related operations. The library contains many routines beyond those described in this man page, but they are not intended to be used directly. ... |
|
killpg(3) -- send signal to a process group
|
|
killpg() sends the signal sig to the process group pgrp. See sigaction(2) for a list of signals. If pgrp is 0, killpg() sends the signal to the sending process's process group. The sending process an... |
|
krb5(3) -- kerberos 5 library
|
|
These functions constitute the kerberos 5 library, libkrb5. Declarations for these functions may be obtained from the include file krb5/krb5.h. |
|
krb5_425_conv_principal(3) -- converts to and from version 4 principals
|
|
Converting between version 4 and version 5 principals can at best be described as a mess. A version 4 principal consists of a name, an instance, and a realm. A version 5 principal consists of one or m... |
|
krb5_425_conv_principal_ext(3) -- converts to and from version 4 principals
|
|
Converting between version 4 and version 5 principals can at best be described as a mess. A version 4 principal consists of a name, an instance, and a realm. A version 5 principal consists of one or m... |
|
krb5_524_conv_principal(3) -- converts to and from version 4 principals
|
|
Converting between version 4 and version 5 principals can at best be described as a mess. A version 4 principal consists of a name, an instance, and a realm. A version 5 principal consists of one or m... |
|
krb5_addlog_dest(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
|
krb5_addlog_func(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
|
krb5_appdefault(3) -- get application configuration value
|
|
These functions get application application defaults from the appdefaults section of the krb5.conf(5) configuration file. These defaults can be specified per application, and/or per realm. These value... |
|
krb5_appdefault_boolean(3) -- get application configuration value
|
|
These functions get application application defaults from the appdefaults section of the krb5.conf(5) configuration file. These defaults can be specified per application, and/or per realm. These value... |
|
krb5_appdefault_string(3) -- get application configuration value
|
|
These functions get application application defaults from the appdefaults section of the krb5.conf(5) configuration file. These defaults can be specified per application, and/or per realm. These value... |
|
krb5_appdefault_time(3) -- get application configuration value
|
|
These functions get application application defaults from the appdefaults section of the krb5.conf(5) configuration file. These defaults can be specified per application, and/or per realm. These value... |
|
krb5_auth_context(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_free(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_genaddrs(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_getaddrs(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_getflags(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_getkey(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_getlocalsubkey(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_getrcache(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_getremotesubkey(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_getuserkey(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_init(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_initivector(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_setaddrs(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_setaddrs_from_fd(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_setflags(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_setivector(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_setkey(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_setlocalsubkey(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_setrcache(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_setremotesubkey(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_con_setuserkey(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_getauthenticator(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_getcksumtype(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_getkeytype(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_getlocalseqnumber(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_getremoteseqnumber(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_setcksumtype(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_setkeytype(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_setlocalseqnumber(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_auth_setremoteseqnumber(3) -- manage authetication on connection level
|
|
The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b... |
|
krb5_build_principal(3) -- principal creation functions
|
|
These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre... |
|
krb5_build_principal_ext(3) -- principal creation functions
|
|
These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre... |
|
krb5_build_principal_va(3) -- principal creation functions
|
|
These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre... |
|
krb5_build_principal_va_ext(3) -- principal creation functions
|
|
These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre... |
|
krb5_closelog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
|
krb5_config(3) -- get configuration value
|
|
These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs... |
|
krb5_config_get_bool_default(3) -- get configuration value
|
|
These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs... |
|
krb5_config_get_int_default(3) -- get configuration value
|
|
These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs... |
|
krb5_config_get_string_default(3) -- get configuration value
|
|
These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs... |
|
krb5_config_get_time_default(3) -- get configuration value
|
|
These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs... |
|
krb5_context(3) -- krb5 state structure
|
|
The krb5_context structure is designed to hold all per thread state. All global variables that are context specific are stored in this struture, including default encryption types, credential-cache (t... |
|
krb5_err(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
|
krb5_errx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
|
krb5_free_context(3) -- create and delete krb5_context structures
|
|
The krb5_init_context() function initializes the context structure and reads the configration file /etc/krb5.conf. The structure should be freed by calling krb5_free_context() when it is no longer bei... |
|
krb5_free_principal(3) -- principal free function
|
|
The krb5_free_principal() will free a principal that has been created with krb5_build_principal(), krb5_parse_name(), or with some other function. |
|
krb5_initlog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
|
krb5_init_context(3) -- create and delete krb5_context structures
|
|
The krb5_init_context() function initializes the context structure and reads the configration file /etc/krb5.conf. The structure should be freed by calling krb5_free_context() when it is no longer bei... |
|
krb5_keytab(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_keytab_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_add_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_close(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_compare(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_copy_entry_contents(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_cursor(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_default(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_default_name(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_end_seq_get(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_free_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_get_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_get_name(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_next_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_ops(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_read_service_key(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_register(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_remove_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_resolve(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_kt_start_seq_get(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
|
|
A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an interal list of keytab types. If there is no ... |
|
krb5_log(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
|
krb5_log_msg(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
|
krb5_make_principal(3) -- principal creation functions
|
|
These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre... |
|
krb5_openlog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
|
krb5_parse_name(3) -- string to principal conversion
|
|
krb5_parse_name() converts a string representation of a princpal name to krb5_principal. The principal will point to allocated data that should be freed with krb5_free_principal(). The string should c... |
|
krb5_set_warn_dest(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
|
krb5_sname_to_principal(3) -- create a service principal
|
|
These functions create a ``service'' principal that can, for instance, be used to lookup a key in a keytab. For both these function the sname parameter will be used for the first component of the cr... |
|
krb5_sock_to_principal(3) -- create a service principal
|
|
These functions create a ``service'' principal that can, for instance, be used to lookup a key in a keytab. For both these function the sname parameter will be used for the first component of the cr... |
|
krb5_unparse_name(3) -- principal to string conversion
|
|
This function takes a principal, and will convert in to a printable representation with the same syntax as decribed in krb5_parse_name(3). *name will point to allocated data and should be freed by the... |
|
krb5_verr(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
|
krb5_verrx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
|
krb5_vlog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
|
krb5_vlog_msg(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
|
|
These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ... |
|
krb5_vwarn(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
|
krb5_vwarnx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
|
krb5_warn(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
|
krb5_warnx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
|
|
These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit... |
|
krb_ck_repl(3) -- Kerberos authentication library
|
|
This library supports network authentication and various related operations. The library contains many routines beyond those described in this man page, but they are not intended to be used directly. ... |
|
krb_get_cred(3) -- Kerberos authentication library
|
|
This library supports network authentication and various related operations. The library contains many routines beyond those described in this man page, but they are not intended to be used directly. ... |
|
krb_get_krbhst(3) -- additional Kerberos utility routines
|
|
krb_realmofhost returns the Kerberos realm of the host host, as determined by the translation table /etc/krb.realms. host should be the fully-qualified domain-style primary host name of the host in qu... |
|
krb_get_lrealm(3) -- additional Kerberos utility routines
|
|
krb_realmofhost returns the Kerberos realm of the host host, as determined by the translation table /etc/krb.realms. host should be the fully-qualified domain-style primary host name of the host in qu... |
|
krb_get_phost(3) -- additional Kerberos utility routines
|
|
krb_realmofhost returns the Kerberos realm of the host host, as determined by the translation table /etc/krb.realms. host should be the fully-qualified domain-style primary host name of the host in qu... |
|
krb_kntoln(3) -- Kerberos authentication library
|
|
This library supports network authentication and various related operations. The library contains many routines beyond those described in this man page, but they are not intended to be used directly. ... |
|
krb_mk_err(3) -- Kerberos authentication library
|
|
This library supports network authentication and various related operations. The library contains many routines beyond those described in this man page, but they are not intended to be used directly. ... |
|
krb_mk_priv(3) -- Kerberos authentication library
|
|
This library supports network authentication and various related operations. The library contains many routines beyond those described in this man page, but they are not intended to be used directly. ... |
|
krb_mk_req(3) -- Kerberos authentication library
|
|
This library supports network authentication and various related operations. The library contains many routines beyond those described in this man page, but they are not intended to be used directly. ... |
|
krb_mk_safe(3) -- Kerberos authentication library
|
|
This library supports network authentication and various related operations. The library contains many routines beyond those described in this man page, but they are not intended to be used directly. ... |
|
krb_rd_err(3) -- Kerberos authentication library
|
|
This library supports network authentication and various related operations. The library contains many routines beyond those described in this man page, but they are not intended to be used directly. ... |
|
krb_rd_priv(3) -- Kerberos authentication library
|
|
This library supports network authentication and various related operations. The library contains many routines beyond those described in this man page, but they are not intended to be used directly. ... |
|
krb_rd_req(3) -- Kerberos authentication library
|
|
This library supports network authentication and various related operations. The library contains many routines beyond those described in this man page, but they are not intended to be used directly. ... |
|
krb_rd_safe(3) -- Kerberos authentication library
|
|
This library supports network authentication and various related operations. The library contains many routines beyond those described in this man page, but they are not intended to be used directly. ... |
|
krb_realmofhost(3) -- additional Kerberos utility routines
|
|
krb_realmofhost returns the Kerberos realm of the host host, as determined by the translation table /etc/krb.realms. host should be the fully-qualified domain-style primary host name of the host in qu... |
|
krb_sendauth(3) -- Kerberos routines for sending authentication via network stream sockets
|
|
These functions, which are built on top of the core Kerberos library, provide a convenient means for client and server programs to send authentication messages to one another through network connectio... |
|
krb_set_key(3) -- Kerberos authentication library
|
|
This library supports network authentication and various related operations. The library contains many routines beyond those described in this man page, but they are not intended to be used directly. ... |
|
krb_set_tkt_string(3) -- set Kerberos ticket cache file name
|
|
krb_set_tkt_string sets the name of the file that holds the user's cache of Kerberos server tickets and associated session keys. The string filename passed in is copied into local storage. Only MAXPA... |
|
kvm(3) -- kernel memory interface
|
|
The kvm(3) library provides a uniform interface for accessing kernel virtual memory images, including live systems and crashdumps. Access to live systems is via /dev/mem while crashdumps can be examin... |
|
kvm_close(3) -- initialize kernel virtual memory access
|
|
The functions kvm_open() and kvm_openfiles() return a descriptor used to access kernel virtual memory via the kvm(3) library routines. Both active kernels and crash dumps are accessible through this i... |
|
kvm_dump(3) -- crash-dump support functions
|
|
First note that the functions described here were designed to be used by savecore(8). The function kvm_dump_mkheader() checks if the physical memory file associated with kd contains a valid crash-dump... |
|
kvm_dump_inval(3) -- crash-dump support functions
|
|
First note that the functions described here were designed to be used by savecore(8). The function kvm_dump_mkheader() checks if the physical memory file associated with kd contains a valid crash-dump... |
|
kvm_dump_mkheader(3) -- crash-dump support functions
|
|
First note that the functions described here were designed to be used by savecore(8). The function kvm_dump_mkheader() checks if the physical memory file associated with kd contains a valid crash-dump... |
|
kvm_dump_wrtheader(3) -- crash-dump support functions
|
|
First note that the functions described here were designed to be used by savecore(8). The function kvm_dump_mkheader() checks if the physical memory file associated with kd contains a valid crash-dump... |
|
kvm_getargv(3) -- access user process state
|
|
kvm_getprocs() returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value of op descri... |
|
kvm_getargv2(3) -- access user process state
|
|
kvm_getprocs() returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value of op descri... |
|
kvm_getenvv(3) -- access user process state
|
|
kvm_getprocs() returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value of op descri... |
|
kvm_getenvv2(3) -- access user process state
|
|
kvm_getprocs() returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value of op descri... |
|
kvm_geterr(3) -- get error message on kvm descriptor
|
|
This function returns a string describing the most recent error condition on the descriptor kd. The results are undefined if the most recent kvm(3) library call did not produce an error. The string re... |
|
kvm_getfiles(3) -- survey open files
|
|
kvm_getfiles() returns a (sub-)set of the open files in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of files returned. No predicates are currently ... |
|
kvm_getloadavg(3) -- get system load averages
|
|
The kvm_getloadavg() function returns the number of processes in the system run queue of the kernel indicated by kd, averaged over various periods of time. Up to nelem samples are retrieved and assign... |
|
kvm_getproc2(3) -- access user process state
|
|
kvm_getprocs() returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value of op descri... |
|
kvm_getprocs(3) -- access user process state
|
|
kvm_getprocs() returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value of op descri... |
|
kvm_nlist(3) -- retrieve symbol table names from a kernel image
|
|
kvm_nlist() retrieves the symbol table entries indicated by the name list argument nl. This argument points to an array of nlist structures, terminated by an entry whose n_name field is NULL (see nlis... |
|
kvm_open(3) -- initialize kernel virtual memory access
|
|
The functions kvm_open() and kvm_openfiles() return a descriptor used to access kernel virtual memory via the kvm(3) library routines. Both active kernels and crash dumps are accessible through this i... |
|
kvm_openfiles(3) -- initialize kernel virtual memory access
|
|
The functions kvm_open() and kvm_openfiles() return a descriptor used to access kernel virtual memory via the kvm(3) library routines. Both active kernels and crash dumps are accessible through this i... |
|
kvm_read(3) -- read or write kernel virtual memory
|
|
The kvm_read() and kvm_write() functions are used to read and write kernel virtual memory (or a crash dump file). See kvm_open(3) or kvm_openfiles(3) for information regarding opening kernel virtual m... |
|
kvm_write(3) -- read or write kernel virtual memory
|
|
The kvm_read() and kvm_write() functions are used to read and write kernel virtual memory (or a crash dump file). See kvm_open(3) or kvm_openfiles(3) for information regarding opening kernel virtual m... |
|
l64a(3) -- convert between a long integer and a base-64 ASCII string
|
|
The a64l() and l64a() functions convert between a long integer and its base-64 ASCII string representation. The characters used to represent ``digits'' are `.' for 0, `/' for 1, `0' - `9' for 2 ... |
|
l64a_r(3) -- convert between a long integer and a base-64 ASCII string
|
|
The a64l() and l64a() functions convert between a long integer and its base-64 ASCII string representation. The characters used to represent ``digits'' are `.' for 0, `/' for 1, `0' - `9' for 2 ... |
|
labs(3) -- return the absolute value of a long integer
|
|
The labs() function returns the absolute value of the long integer j. |
|
lcong48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
|
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
|
ldexp(3) -- multiply floating-point number by integral power of 2
|
|
The ldexp() function multiplies a floating-point number by an integral power of 2. |
|
ldiv(3) -- return quotient and remainder from division
|
|
The ldiv() function computes the value num/denom and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named ldiv_t that contains two long integer members named quot and rem. |
|
lfind(3) -- linear searching routines
|
|
These interfaces were obsolete before they were written. They are avail- able from the compatibility library, libcompat. The functions lsearch(), and lfind() provide basic linear searching functionali... |
|
lgamma(3) -- log gamma function
|
|
|
|
lgammaf(3) -- log gamma function
|
|
|
|
lgammaf_r(3) -- log gamma function
|
|
|
|
lgamma_r(3) -- log gamma function
|
|
|
|
lh_stats(3) -- LHASH statistics
|
|
The LHASH structure records statistics about most aspects of accessing the hash table. This is mostly a legacy of Eric Young writing this library for the reasons of implementing what looked like a nic... |
|
libusbhid(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTION [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us... |
|
linkaddr(3) -- elementary address specification routines for link level access
|
|
The routine link_addr() interprets character strings representing linklevel addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine link_ntoa() takes a link-level address... |
|
linkntoa(3) -- elementary address specification routines for link level access
|
|
The routine link_addr() interprets character strings representing linklevel addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine link_ntoa() takes a link-level address... |
|
link_addr(3) -- elementary address specification routines for link level access
|
|
The routine link_addr() interprets character strings representing linklevel addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine link_ntoa() takes a link-level address... |
|
link_ntoa(3) -- elementary address specification routines for link level access
|
|
The routine link_addr() interprets character strings representing linklevel addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine link_ntoa() takes a link-level address... |
|
LIST_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
LIST_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
LIST_FIRST(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
LIST_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
LIST_INIT(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
LIST_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
LIST_INSERT_BEFORE(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
LIST_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
LIST_NEXT(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
LIST_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
llabs(3) -- return the absolute value of a long long integer
|
|
The llabs() function returns the absolute value of the long long integer j. |
|
lldiv(3) -- return quotient and remainder from division
|
|
The lldiv() function computes the value num/denom and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named lldiv_t that contains two long long integer members named quot and rem. |
|
localeconv(3) -- natural language formatting for C
|
|
The setlocale() function sets the C library's notion of natural language formatting style for particular sets of routines. Each such style is called a `locale' and is invoked using an appropriate na... |
|
localtime(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
|
ctime() converts a long integer, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:22:48 19... |
|
localtime_r(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
|
ctime() converts a long integer, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:22:48 19... |
|
lockf(3) -- record locking on files
|
|
The lockf() function allows sections of a file to be locked with advisory-mode locks. Calls to lockf() from other processes which attempt to lock the locked file section will either return an error va... |
|
log(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log() function computes the value o... |
|
log10(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log() function computes the value o... |
|
log10f(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log() function computes the value o... |
|
log1p(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log() function computes the value o... |
|
log1pf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log() function computes the value o... |
|
logb(3) -- IEEE test functions
|
|
These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) returns x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precision floating-p... |
|
logbf(3) -- IEEE test functions
|
|
These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) returns x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precision floating-p... |
|
logf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log() function computes the value o... |
|
login(3) -- login utility functions
|
|
The login(), logout(), and logwtmp() functions operate on the database of current users in /var/run/utmp and on the logfile /var/log/wtmp of logins and logouts. The login() function updates the /var/r... |
|
login_cap(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
|
login_close(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
|
login_getcapbool(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
|
login_getcapnum(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
|
login_getcapsize(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
|
login_getcapstr(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
|
login_getcaptime(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
|
login_getclass(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
|
login_tty(3) -- tty utility functions
|
|
The openpty(), login_tty(), and forkpty() functions perform manipulations on ttys and pseudo-ttys. The openpty() function finds an available pseudo-tty and returns file descriptors for the master and ... |
|
logout(3) -- login utility functions
|
|
The login(), logout(), and logwtmp() functions operate on the database of current users in /var/run/utmp and on the logfile /var/log/wtmp of logins and logouts. The login() function updates the /var/r... |
|
logwtmp(3) -- login utility functions
|
|
The login(), logout(), and logwtmp() functions operate on the database of current users in /var/run/utmp and on the logfile /var/log/wtmp of logins and logouts. The login() function updates the /var/r... |
|
longjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
|
|
The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei... |
|
longjmperror(3) -- non-local jumps
|
|
The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei... |
|
lrand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
|
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
|
lsearch(3) -- linear searching routines
|
|
These interfaces were obsolete before they were written. They are avail- able from the compatibility library, libcompat. The functions lsearch(), and lfind() provide basic linear searching functionali... |
|
malloc(3) -- general purpose memory allocation functions
|
|
The malloc() function allocates size bytes of memory. The allocated space is suitably aligned (after possible pointer coercion) for storage of any type of object. If the space is at least pagesize byt... |
|
math(3) -- introduction to mathematical library functions
|
|
These functions constitute the C math library, libm. The link editor searches this library under the "-lm" option. Declarations for these functions may be obtained from the include file math.h. |
|
mblen(3) -- get number of bytes consisting a multibyte character
|
|
The mblen() function usually determines the number of bytes consisting in a multibyte character pointed by s and return it. This function shall only examine max n bytes of the array beginning from s. ... |
|
mbrlen(3) -- get number of bytes consisting a multibyte character (restartable)
|
|
The mbrlen() function usually determines the number of bytes consisting in a multibyte character pointed by s and return it. This function shall only examine max n bytes of the array beginning from s.... |
|
mbrtowc(3) -- converts a multibyte character to a wide character (restartable)
|
|
The mbrtowc() usually converts the multibyte character pointed by s to the wide character, and store the wide character to the wchar_t object pointed by pwc if pwc is non-null and s points a valid cha... |
|
mbsinit(3) -- determines whether the state object is initial state
|
|
The mbsinit() determines whether the state object pointed by ps is initial conversion state, or not. ps may be NULL pointer. In this case, mbsinit() will always return nonzero. |
|
mbsrtowcs(3) -- converts a multibyte character string to a wide character string (restartable)
|
|
The mbsrtowcs() converts the multibyte character string indirectly pointed by s to the corresponding wide character string, and stores it to the array pointed by pwcs. The conversion stops due to the ... |
|
mbstowcs(3) -- converts a multibyte character string to a wide character string
|
|
The mbstowcs() converts a null-terminated multibyte character string pointed by s to the corresponding wide character string and stores it to the array pointed by pwcs. This function may modify the fi... |
|
mbtowc(3) -- converts a multibyte character to a wide character
|
|
The mbtowc() usually converts the multibyte character pointed by s to the wide character, and store it to the wchar_t object pointed by pwc if pwc is non-null and s points a valid character. This func... |
|
md2(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
|
|
The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD2Data(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
|
|
The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD2End(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
|
|
The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD2File(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
|
|
The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD2Final(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
|
|
The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD2Init(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
|
|
The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD2Update(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
|
|
The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
md4(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD4Data(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD4End(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD4File(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD4Final(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD4Init(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD4Update(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
|
|
The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
md5(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD5Data(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD5End(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD5File(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD5Final(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD5Init(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
MD5Update(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
|
|
The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ... |
|
memccpy(3) -- copy string until character found
|
|
The memccpy() function copies bytes from string src to string dst. If the character c (as converted to an unsigned char) occurs in the string src, the copy stops and a pointer to the byte after the co... |
|
memchr(3) -- locate byte in byte string
|
|
The memchr() function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to an unsigned char) in string b. |
|
memcmp(3) -- compare byte string
|
|
The memcmp() function compares byte string b1 against byte string b2. Both strings are assumed to be len bytes long. |
|
memcpy(3) -- copy byte string
|
|
The memcpy() function copies len bytes from string src to string dst. The arguments must not overlap -- behavior if the arguments overlap is undefined. To copy byte strings that overlap, use memmove(3... |
|
memmove(3) -- copy byte string
|
|
The memmove() function copies len bytes from string src to string dst. The two strings may overlap; the copy is always done in a non-destructive manner. |
|
memory(3) -- general memory allocation operations
|
|
These functions allocate and free memory for the calling process. They are described in the individual manual pages. |
|
memset(3) -- write a byte to byte string
|
|
The memset() function writes len bytes of value c (converted to an unsigned char) to the string b. |
|
menus(3) -- menu library
|
|
The menus library provides a terminal independent menu system using the curses(3) library. Before using the menus functions the terminal must be set up by curses(3) using the initscr() function or sim... |
|
menu_attributes(3) -- get and set menu attributes
|
|
The menu_back() function returns the value of the background attribute for the menu passed. This attribute is set by the set_menu_back() call. The menu_fore() function returns the value of the foregro... |
|
menu_cursor(3) -- position cursor in menu window
|
|
The pos_menu_cursor() function positions the cursor in the menu window. This function can be called after other curses calls to restore the cursor to it's correct position in the menu. |
|
menu_driver(3) -- main menu handling function
|
|
The menu_driver() function is the guts of the menu system. It takes the commands passed by c parameter and performs the requested action on the menu given. The following commands may be given to the m... |
|
menu_format(3) -- get or set number of rows and columns of items
|
|
The menu_format() returns the number of rows and columns of items that can be displayed by the menu. The format is set by the set_menu_format() function call. Note that the rows and columns defined he... |
|
menu_hook(3) -- get or set handler functions for menu post/unpost or item change
|
|
The item_init() function returns a pointer to the function that will be called whenever the menu is posted and also just after the current item changes. This is set by the set_item_init() call. The it... |
|
menu_items(3) -- attach items to menus or check correspondances
|
|
The item_count() menu function returns the number of items currently attached to the menu passed. The menu_items() function returns a pointer to an array of item pointers that represent the menu items... |
|
menu_item_current(3) -- get or set item pointers or top row
|
|
The current_item() returns a pointer to the current menu item. The set_current_item() can be used to set this to the item give. The item_index() function returns the index number in the array of items... |
|
menu_item_name(3) -- get item name or description
|
|
The item_description() menu function returns the description string associated with the passed item. The item_name() function returns the name string associated with the passed item. |
|
menu_item_new(3) -- create or delete menu item
|
|
The free_item() function destroys the item and frees all allocated storage for that item. The new_item() allocates storage for a new item then copies in the item name and description for the new item.... |
|
menu_item_opts(3) -- get or modify options for an item
|
|
The item_opts() function returns the options currently set for the given item. The item_opts_off() function turns off the options passed in opts for the item passed. The item_opts_on() function turns ... |
|
menu_item_userptr(3) -- get or set user pointer for an item
|
|
The item_userptr() function returns the value of the user defined pointer for the given item, this pointer is defined by the set_item_userptr() function. |
|
menu_item_value(3) -- get or set value for an item
|
|
The item_value() function returns value of the item. If the item has been selected then this value will be TRUE. The value can also be set by calling set_item_value() to set the value to a defined sta... |
|
menu_item_visible(3) -- get visibility status of an item
|
|
The item_visible() function returns TRUE if the item passed is currently visible in a menu. |
|
menu_mark(3) -- get or set strings that show mark status for a menu
|
|
The menu_mark() function returns a pointer to the character string that is used to mark selected items in the menu. The mark string is set by the set_menu_mark() function. The menu_unmark() function r... |
|
menu_new(3) -- create or delete a menu
|
|
The free_menu() menu function destroys the given menu and frees all allocated storage associated with the menu. All items associated with the menu are detached from the menu before it is destroyed. Th... |
|
menu_opts(3) -- get or modify options for a menu
|
|
The menu_opts() function returns the current options set for the menu given. The menu_opts_off() function turns off the menu options given by the opts parameter for the menu. The menu_opts_on() functi... |
|
menu_pattern(3) -- get or set menu pattern
|
|
The menu_pattern() function returns a pointer to the string that is currently in the menu pattern buffer. The menu pattern buffer can be set by calling set_menu_pattern() which will set the pattern bu... |
|
menu_post(3) -- post (draw) or unpost a menu
|
|
The post_menu() function causes the menu to be drawn on the screen. Any functions defined by either set_menu_init() or set_item_init() (see menu_hook(3)) are called before the menu is placed on the sc... |
|
menu_userptr(3) -- get or set user pointer for a menu
|
|
The menu_userptr() function returns the pointer to the user defined pointer for the given menu. This pointer is set by the set_menu_userptr() function. |
|
menu_win(3) -- sub-menu handling
|
|
The menu_sub() function returns a pointer to the window that will be used to post a menu into, this pointer is set by the set_menu_sub() function. The menu_win() function returns a pointer to the wind... |
|
mergesort(3) -- sort functions
|
|
The qsort() function is a modified partition-exchange sort, or quicksort. The heapsort() function is a modified selection sort. The mergesort() function is a modified merge sort with exponential searc... |
|
mkdtemp(3) -- make unique temporary file or directory name
|
|
The mktemp() function takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is unique and suitable for use by the application. The template may be any... |
|
mkstemp(3) -- make unique temporary file or directory name
|
|
The mktemp() function takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is unique and suitable for use by the application. The template may be any... |
|
mktemp(3) -- make unique temporary file or directory name
|
|
The mktemp() function takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is unique and suitable for use by the application. The template may be any... |
|
mktime(3) -- convert date and time to ASCII
|
|
ctime() converts a long integer, pointed to by clock, representing the time in seconds since 00:00:00 UTC, 1970-01-01, and returns a pointer to a 26-character string of the form Thu Nov 24 18:22:48 19... |
|
modf(3) -- extract signed integral and fractional values from floating-point number
|
|
The modf() function breaks the argument value into integral and fractional parts, each of which has the same sign as the argument. It stores the integral part as a double in the object pointed to by i... |
|
moncontrol(3) -- control execution profile
|
|
An executable program compiled using the -pg option to cc(1) automatically includes calls to collect statistics for the gprof(1) call-graph execution profiler. In typical operation, profiling begins a... |
|
monstartup(3) -- control execution profile
|
|
An executable program compiled using the -pg option to cc(1) automatically includes calls to collect statistics for the gprof(1) call-graph execution profiler. In typical operation, profiling begins a... |
|
mpool(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
|
Mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open initializes a memory pool. The key arg... |
|
mpool_close(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
|
Mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open initializes a memory pool. The key arg... |
|
mpool_filter(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
|
Mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open initializes a memory pool. The key arg... |
|
mpool_get(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
|
Mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open initializes a memory pool. The key arg... |
|
mpool_new(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
|
Mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open initializes a memory pool. The key arg... |
|
mpool_open(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
|
Mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open initializes a memory pool. The key arg... |
|
mpool_put(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
|
Mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open initializes a memory pool. The key arg... |
|
mpool_sync(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
|
|
Mpool is the library interface intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The function mpool_open initializes a memory pool. The key arg... |
|
mrand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
|
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
|
nc_perror(3) -- get network configuration database entry
|
|
The library routines described on this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig. getnetconfig() returns a pointer to the current entry in the da... |
|
nc_sperror(3) -- get network configuration database entry
|
|
The library routines described on this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig. getnetconfig() returns a pointer to the current entry in the da... |
|
network(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard "dotted quad" notation. The inet_pton() function converts... |
|
nextafter(3) -- Functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. finite() returns the value 1 just when -infinity < x < +infinity; otherwise a zero... |
|
nextafterf(3) -- Functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. finite() returns the value 1 just when -infinity < x < +infinity; otherwise a zero... |
|
ngettext(3) -- message handling functions
|
|
The gettext(), dgettext(), and dcgettext() functions attempt to retrieve a target string based on the specified msgid argument within the context of a specific domain and the current locale. The lengt... |
|
nice(3) -- set program scheduling priority
|
|
This interface is obsoleted by setpriority(2). The nice() function obtains the scheduling priority of the process from the system and sets it to the priority value specified in incr. The priority is a... |
|
nlist(3) -- retrieve symbol table name list from an executable file
|
|
The nlist() function retrieves name list entries from the symbol table of an executable file. (See a.out(5).) The argument nl is set to reference the beginning of the list. The list is preened of bina... |
|
nl_langinfo(3) -- get locale information
|
|
The nl_langinfo() function returns a pointer to a string containing information set by the program's locale. The names and values of item are defined in . |
|
nrand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
|
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
|
ns(3) -- Xerox NS(tm) address conversion routines
|
|
The routine ns_addr() interprets character strings representing XNS addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine ns_ntoa() takes XNS addresses and returns ASCI... |
|
nsdispatch(3) -- name-service switch dispatcher routine
|
|
The nsdispatch() function invokes the callback functions specified in dtab in the order given in /etc/nsswitch.conf for the database database until a successful entry is found. retval is passed to eac... |
|
ns_addr(3) -- Xerox NS(tm) address conversion routines
|
|
The routine ns_addr() interprets character strings representing XNS addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine ns_ntoa() takes XNS addresses and returns ASCI... |
|
ns_ntoa(3) -- Xerox NS(tm) address conversion routines
|
|
The routine ns_addr() interprets character strings representing XNS addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine ns_ntoa() takes XNS addresses and returns ASCI... |
|
ntoa(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
|
|
The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard "dotted quad" notation. The inet_pton() function converts... |
|
ntohl(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order
|
|
These routines convert 16 and 32 bit quantities between network byte order and host byte order. The types in_addr_t and in_port_t are defined by X/Open as: typedef u_int32_t in_addr_t; typedef u_int16... |
|
ntohs(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order
|
|
These routines convert 16 and 32 bit quantities between network byte order and host byte order. The types in_addr_t and in_port_t are defined by X/Open as: typedef u_int32_t in_addr_t; typedef u_int16... |
|
opendir(3) -- directory operations
|
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin... |
|
opendisk(3) -- open a disk partition
|
|
opendisk() opens path, for reading and/or writing as specified by the argument flags using open(2), and the file descriptor is returned to the caller. buf is used to store the resultant filename. bufl... |
|
openlog(3) -- control system log
|
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (See sys... |
|
openpty(3) -- tty utility functions
|
|
The openpty(), login_tty(), and forkpty() functions perform manipulations on ttys and pseudo-ttys. The openpty() function finds an available pseudo-tty and returns file descriptors for the master and ... |
|
OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms(3) -- add algorithms to internal table
|
|
OpenSSL keeps an internal table of digest algorithms and ciphers. It uses this table to lookup ciphers via functions such as EVP_get_cipher_byname(). OpenSSL_add_all_digests() adds all digest algorith... |
|
openssl_bio(3) -- I/O abstraction
|
|
A BIO is an I/O abstraction, it hides many of the underlying I/O details from an application. If an application uses a BIO for its I/O it can transparently handle SSL connections, unencrypted network ... |
|
openssl_blowfish(3) -- Blowfish encryption
|
|
This library implements the Blowfish cipher, which was invented and described by Counterpane (see http://www.counterpane.com/blowfish.html ). Blowfish is a block cipher that operates on 64 bit (8 byte... |
|
openssl_bn(3) -- multiprecision integer arithmetics
|
|
This library performs arithmetic operations on integers of arbitrary size. It was written for use in public key cryptography, such as RSA and Diffie-Hellman. It uses dynamic memory allocation for stor... |
|
openssl_bn_internal(3) -- BIGNUM library internal functions
|
|
This page documents the internal functions used by the OpenSSL BIGNUM implementation. They are described here to facilitate debugging and extending the library. They are not to be used by applications... |
|
openssl_buffer(3) -- simple character arrays structure
|
|
The buffer library handles simple character arrays. Buffers are used for various purposes in the library, most notably memory BIOs. The library uses the BUF_MEM structure defined in buffer.h: typedef ... |
|
openssl_des(3) -- DES encryption
|
|
This library contains a fast implementation of the DES encryption algorithm. There are two phases to the use of DES encryption. The first is the generation of a des_key_schedule from a key, the second... |
|
openssl_dh(3) -- Diffie-Hellman key agreement
|
|
These functions implement the Diffie-Hellman key agreement protocol. The generation of shared DH parameters is described in DH_generate_parameters(3); DH_generate_key(3) describes how to perform a key... |
|
openssl_dsa(3) -- Digital Signature Algorithm
|
|
These functions implement the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA). The generation of shared DSA parameters is described in DSA_generate_parameters(3); DSA_generate_key(3) describes how to generate a sig... |
|
openssl_err(3) -- error codes
|
|
When a call to the OpenSSL library fails, this is usually signalled by the return value, and an error code is stored in an error queue associated with the current thread. The err library provides func... |
|
openssl_evp(3) -- high-level cryptographic functions
|
|
The EVP library provides a high-level interface to cryptographic functions. EVP_Seal... and EVP_Open... provide public key encryption and decryption to implement digital "envelopes". The EVP_Sign...... |
|
openssl_hmac(3) -- HMAC message authentication code
|
|
HMAC is a MAC (message authentication code), i.e. a keyed hash function used for message authentication, which is based on a hash function. HMAC() computes the message authentication code of the n byt... |
|
openssl_lhash(3) -- dynamic hash table
|
|
This library implements dynamic hash tables. The hash table entries can be arbitrary structures. Usually they consist of key and value fields. lh_new() creates a new LHASH structure. hash takes a poin... |
|
openssl_md5(3) -- MD2, MD4, and MD5 hash functions
|
|
MD2, MD4, and MD5 are cryptographic hash functions with a 128 bit output. MD2(), MD4(), and MD5() compute the MD2, MD4, and MD5 message digest of the n bytes at d and place it in md (which must have s... |
|
openssl_mdc2(3) -- MDC2 hash function
|
|
MDC2 is a method to construct hash functions with 128 bit output from block ciphers. These functions are an implementation of MDC2 with DES. MDC2() computes the MDC2 message digest of the n bytes at d... |
|
openssl_rand(3) -- pseudo-random number generator
|
|
These functions implement a cryptographically secure pseudo-random number generator (PRNG). It is used by other library functions for example to generate random keys, and applications can use it when ... |
|
openssl_rc4(3) -- RC4 encryption
|
|
This library implements the Alleged RC4 cipher, which is described for example in Applied Cryptography. It is believed to be compatible with RC4[TM], a proprietary cipher of RSA Security Inc. RC4 is a... |
|
openssl_ripemd(3) -- RIPEMD-160 hash function
|
|
RIPEMD-160 is a cryptographic hash function with a 160 bit output. RIPEMD160() computes the RIPEMD-160 message digest of the n bytes at d and places it in md (which must have space for RIPEMD160_DIGES... |
|
openssl_rsa(3) -- RSA public key cryptosystem
|
|
These functions implement RSA public key encryption and signatures as defined in PKCS #1 v2.0 [RFC 2437]. The RSA structure consists of several BIGNUM components. It can contain public as well as priv... |
|
openssl_sha(3) -- Secure Hash Algorithm
|
|
SHA-1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) is a cryptographic hash function with a 160 bit output. SHA1() computes the SHA-1 message digest of the n bytes at d and places it in md (which must have space for SHA_DI... |
|
openssl_threads(3) -- OpenSSL thread support
|
|
OpenSSL can safely be used in multi-threaded applications provided that at least two callback functions are set. locking_function(int mode, int n, const char *file, int line) is needed to perform lock... |
|
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER(3) -- get OpenSSL version number
|
|
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER is a numeric release version identifier: MMNNFFPPS: major minor fix patch status The status nibble has one of the values 0 for development, 1 to e for betas 1 to 14, and f for r... |
|
orcmd(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
|
The rcmd() function is available for use by anyone to run commands on a remote system. It acts like the orcmd() command, with the exception that it makes a call out to the rcmd(1) command, or any othe... |
|
orcmd_af(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
|
The rcmd() function is available for use by anyone to run commands on a remote system. It acts like the orcmd() command, with the exception that it makes a call out to the rcmd(1) command, or any othe... |
|
ossaudio(3) -- OSS audio emulation
|
|
The ossaudio library provides an emulation of the OSS (Linux) audio interface. Use the native interface for new programs and the emulation library only for porting programs. |
|
pause(3) -- stop until signal
|
|
Pause is made obsolete by sigsuspend(2). The pause() function forces a process to pause until a signal is received from either the kill(2) function or an interval timer. (See setitimer(2).) Upon termi... |
|
pcap(3) -- packet capture library
|
|
The pcap library provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism. |
|
pci(3) -- library interface for PCI bus access
|
|
The pci library provides support for accessing the PCI bus by user programs. These functions are available in the libpci library. Programs should be linked with -lpci. |
|
pcibus_conf_read(3) -- library interface for PCI bus access
|
|
The pci library provides support for accessing the PCI bus by user programs. These functions are available in the libpci library. Programs should be linked with -lpci. |
|
pcibus_conf_write(3) -- library interface for PCI bus access
|
|
The pci library provides support for accessing the PCI bus by user programs. These functions are available in the libpci library. Programs should be linked with -lpci. |
|
pcidev_conf_read(3) -- library interface for PCI bus access
|
|
The pci library provides support for accessing the PCI bus by user programs. These functions are available in the libpci library. Programs should be linked with -lpci. |
|
pcidev_conf_write(3) -- library interface for PCI bus access
|
|
The pci library provides support for accessing the PCI bus by user programs. These functions are available in the libpci library. Programs should be linked with -lpci. |
|
pci_conf_print(3) -- library interface for PCI bus access
|
|
The pci library provides support for accessing the PCI bus by user programs. These functions are available in the libpci library. Programs should be linked with -lpci. |
|
pci_devinfo(3) -- library interface for PCI bus access
|
|
The pci library provides support for accessing the PCI bus by user programs. These functions are available in the libpci library. Programs should be linked with -lpci. |
|
pci_findvendor(3) -- library interface for PCI bus access
|
|
The pci library provides support for accessing the PCI bus by user programs. These functions are available in the libpci library. Programs should be linked with -lpci. |
|
pclose(3) -- process I/O
|
|
The popen() function ``opens'' a process by creating an IPC connection, forking, and invoking the shell. Historically, popen was implemented with a unidirectional pipe; hence many implementations of... |
|
perror(3) -- write error messages to standard error
|
|
The perror() function looks up the language-dependent error message string affiliated with an error number and writes it, followed by a newline, to the standard error stream. If the argument string is... |
|
pidfile(3) -- write a daemon pid file
|
|
pidfile() writes a file containing the process ID of the program to the /var/run directory. The file name has the form /var/run/basename.pid. If the basename argument is NULL, pidfile will determine t... |
|
pidlock(3) -- locks based on files containing PIDs
|
|
The pidlock() ttylock(), and ttyunlock() functions attempt to create a lockfile for an arbitrary resource that only one program may hold at a time. (In the case of ttylock(), this is access to a tty d... |
|
pmap_getmaps(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
pmap_getport(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
pmap_rmtcall(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
pmap_set(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
pmap_unset(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
popen(3) -- process I/O
|
|
The popen() function ``opens'' a process by creating an IPC connection, forking, and invoking the shell. Historically, popen was implemented with a unidirectional pipe; hence many implementations of... |
|
pow(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log() function computes the value o... |
|
powf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
|
|
The exp() function computes the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() function computes the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log() function computes the value o... |
|
printf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
|
The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. printf() and vprintf() write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprintf() write out... |
|
psignal(3) -- system signal messages
|
|
The psignal() function locates the descriptive message string for the given signal number sig and writes it to the standard error. If the argument s is non-NULL it is written to the standard error fil... |
|
putc(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
|
|
The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an ``unsigned char'') to the output stream pointed to by stream. putc() acts essentially identically to fputc(), but is a macro that expands... |
|
putchar(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
|
|
The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an ``unsigned char'') to the output stream pointed to by stream. putc() acts essentially identically to fputc(), but is a macro that expands... |
|
putchar_unlocked(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
|
|
The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an ``unsigned char'') to the output stream pointed to by stream. putc() acts essentially identically to fputc(), but is a macro that expands... |
|
putc_unlocked(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
|
|
The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an ``unsigned char'') to the output stream pointed to by stream. putc() acts essentially identically to fputc(), but is a macro that expands... |
|
putenv(3) -- environment variable functions
|
|
These functions set, unset and fetch environment variables from the host environment list. For compatibility with differing environment conventions, the given arguments name and value may be appended ... |
|
puts(3) -- output a line to a stream
|
|
The function fputs() writes the string pointed to by str to the stream pointed to by stream. The function puts() writes the string str, and a terminating newline character, to the stream stdout. |
|
putw(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
|
|
The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an ``unsigned char'') to the output stream pointed to by stream. putc() acts essentially identically to fputc(), but is a macro that expands... |
|
putwc(3) -- output a wide-character to a stream
|
|
The fputwc() function writes the wide-character wc to the output stream pointed to by stream. putwc() acts essentially identically to fputwc(), but is a macro that expands in-line. It may evaluate str... |
|
putwchar(3) -- output a wide-character to a stream
|
|
The fputwc() function writes the wide-character wc to the output stream pointed to by stream. putwc() acts essentially identically to fputwc(), but is a macro that expands in-line. It may evaluate str... |
|
pwcache(3) -- cache password and group entries
|
|
The user_from_uid() function returns the user name associated with the argument uid. The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same uid do not require additional calls to getpwuid(3). If... |
|
pwcache_groupdb(3) -- cache password and group entries
|
|
The user_from_uid() function returns the user name associated with the argument uid. The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same uid do not require additional calls to getpwuid(3). If... |
|
pwcache_userdb(3) -- cache password and group entries
|
|
The user_from_uid() function returns the user name associated with the argument uid. The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same uid do not require additional calls to getpwuid(3). If... |
|
pw_abort(3) -- passwd file update functions
|
|
The pw_lock(), pw_mkdb(), and pw_abort() functions allow a program to update the system passwd database. The pw_lock() function attempts to lock the passwd database by creating the file /etc/ptmp, and... |
|
pw_copy(3) -- utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
|
|
These functions are designed as conveniences for interactive programs which update the passwd file and do nothing else. They generally handle errors by printing out a message to the standard error str... |
|
pw_edit(3) -- utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
|
|
These functions are designed as conveniences for interactive programs which update the passwd file and do nothing else. They generally handle errors by printing out a message to the standard error str... |
|
pw_error(3) -- utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
|
|
These functions are designed as conveniences for interactive programs which update the passwd file and do nothing else. They generally handle errors by printing out a message to the standard error str... |
|
pw_getconf(3) -- password encryption configuration access function
|
|
The pw_getconf() function reads /etc/passwd.conf and retrieves the value of the option specified by option from the section given by key. If no suitable entry is found for the key an empty string will... |
|
pw_getprefix(3) -- passwd file update functions
|
|
The pw_lock(), pw_mkdb(), and pw_abort() functions allow a program to update the system passwd database. The pw_lock() function attempts to lock the passwd database by creating the file /etc/ptmp, and... |
|
pw_init(3) -- utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
|
|
These functions are designed as conveniences for interactive programs which update the passwd file and do nothing else. They generally handle errors by printing out a message to the standard error str... |
|
pw_lock(3) -- passwd file update functions
|
|
The pw_lock(), pw_mkdb(), and pw_abort() functions allow a program to update the system passwd database. The pw_lock() function attempts to lock the passwd database by creating the file /etc/ptmp, and... |
|
pw_mkdb(3) -- passwd file update functions
|
|
The pw_lock(), pw_mkdb(), and pw_abort() functions allow a program to update the system passwd database. The pw_lock() function attempts to lock the passwd database by creating the file /etc/ptmp, and... |
|
pw_prompt(3) -- utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
|
|
These functions are designed as conveniences for interactive programs which update the passwd file and do nothing else. They generally handle errors by printing out a message to the standard error str... |
|
pw_scan(3) -- utility functions for interactive passwd file updates
|
|
These functions are designed as conveniences for interactive programs which update the passwd file and do nothing else. They generally handle errors by printing out a message to the standard error str... |
|
pw_setprefix(3) -- passwd file update functions
|
|
The pw_lock(), pw_mkdb(), and pw_abort() functions allow a program to update the system passwd database. The pw_lock() function attempts to lock the passwd database by creating the file /etc/ptmp, and... |
|
qabs(3) -- return the absolute value of a quad integer
|
|
The qabs() function returns the absolute value of the quad integer j. |
|
qdiv(3) -- return quotient and remainder from division
|
|
The qdiv() function computes the value num/denom and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named qdiv_t that contains two quad integer members named quot and rem. |
|
qsort(3) -- sort functions
|
|
The qsort() function is a modified partition-exchange sort, or quicksort. The heapsort() function is a modified selection sort. The mergesort() function is a modified merge sort with exponential searc... |
|
queue(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
radixsort(3) -- radix sort
|
|
The radixsort() and sradixsort() functions are implementations of radix sort. These functions sort an nmemb element array of pointers to byte strings, with the initial member of which is referenced by... |
|
raise(3) -- send a signal to the current process
|
|
The raise() function sends the signal sig to the current process. |
|
rand(3) -- bad random number generator
|
|
These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3). The rand() function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range of 0 to RAND_MAX (as defined by the header file ). The srand() fun... |
|
rand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
|
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
|
random(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators
|
|
The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (... |
|
RAND_add(3) -- add entropy to the PRNG
|
|
RAND_add() mixes the num bytes at buf into the PRNG state. Thus, if the data at buf are unpredictable to an adversary, this increases the uncertainty about the state and makes the PRNG output less pre... |
|
RAND_bytes(3) -- generate random data
|
|
RAND_bytes() puts num cryptographically strong pseudo-random bytes into buf. An error occurs if the PRNG has not been seeded with enough randomness to ensure an unpredictable byte sequence. RAND_pseud... |
|
RAND_cleanup(3) -- erase the PRNG state
|
|
RAND_cleanup() erases the memory used by the PRNG. |
|
RAND_egd(3) -- query entropy gathering daemon
|
|
RAND_egd() queries the entropy gathering daemon EGD on socket path. It queries 255 bytes and uses RAND_add(3) to seed the OpenSSL built-in PRNG. RAND_egd(path) is a wrapper for RAND_egd_bytes(path, 25... |
|
RAND_load_file(3) -- PRNG seed file
|
|
RAND_file_name() generates a default path for the random seed file. buf points to a buffer of size num in which to store the filename. The seed file is $RANDFILE if that environment variable is set, $... |
|
rand_r(3) -- bad random number generator
|
|
These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3). The rand() function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range of 0 to RAND_MAX (as defined by the header file ). The srand() fun... |
|
RAND_set_rand_method(3) -- select RAND method
|
|
A RAND_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for random number generation. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware RNGs may be used. Initially, the default is ... |
|
rcmd(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
|
The rcmd() function is available for use by anyone to run commands on a remote system. It acts like the orcmd() command, with the exception that it makes a call out to the rcmd(1) command, or any othe... |
|
rcmd_af(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
|
The rcmd() function is available for use by anyone to run commands on a remote system. It acts like the orcmd() command, with the exception that it makes a call out to the rcmd(1) command, or any othe... |
|
readdir(3) -- directory operations
|
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin... |
|
realloc(3) -- general purpose memory allocation functions
|
|
The malloc() function allocates size bytes of memory. The allocated space is suitably aligned (after possible pointer coercion) for storage of any type of object. If the space is at least pagesize byt... |
|
realpath(3) -- returns the canonicalized absolute pathname
|
|
The realpath() function resolves all symbolic links, extra ``/'' characters and references to /./ and /../ in pathname, and copies the resulting absolute pathname into the memory referenced by resol... |
|
recno(3) -- record number database access method
|
|
The routine dbopen is the library interface to database files. One of the supported file formats is record number files. The general description of the database access methods is in dbopen(3), this ma... |
|
regcomp(3) -- regular-expression library
|
|
These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). regcomp() compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() matches t... |
|
regerror(3) -- regular-expression library
|
|
These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). regcomp() compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() matches t... |
|
regex(3) -- regular-expression library
|
|
These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). regcomp() compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() matches t... |
|
regexec(3) -- regular-expression library
|
|
These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). regcomp() compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() matches t... |
|
regexp(3) -- regular expression handlers
|
|
This interface is made obsolete by regex(3). It is available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The regcomp(), regexec(), regsub(), and regerror() functions implement egrep(1)-style regular ex... |
|
regfree(3) -- regular-expression library
|
|
These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2-1992 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). regcomp() compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() matches t... |
|
registerrpc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
remainder(3) -- Functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. finite() returns the value 1 just when -infinity < x < +infinity; otherwise a zero... |
|
remainderf(3) -- Functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. finite() returns the value 1 just when -infinity < x < +infinity; otherwise a zero... |
|
remove(3) -- remove directory entry
|
|
The remove() function is an alias for the unlink(2) system call. It deletes the file referenced by path. |
|
remque(3) -- insert/remove element from a queue
|
|
These interfaces are available from the compatibility library, libcompat. insque() and remque() manipulate queues built from doubly linked lists. Each element in the queue must begin with a "struct q... |
|
request_init(3) -- access control library
|
|
The routines described in this document are part of the libwrap.a library. They implement a rule-based access control language with optional shell commands that are executed when a rule fires. request... |
|
request_set(3) -- access control library
|
|
The routines described in this document are part of the libwrap.a library. They implement a rule-based access control language with optional shell commands that are executed when a rule fires. request... |
|
reset_com_err_hook(3) -- common error display library
|
|
The com_err library provides a common error-reporting mechanism for defining and accessing error codes and descriptions for application software packages. Error descriptions are defined in a table and... |
|
resolver(3) -- resolver routines
|
|
These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine... |
|
res_init(3) -- resolver routines
|
|
These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine... |
|
res_mkquery(3) -- resolver routines
|
|
These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine... |
|
res_query(3) -- resolver routines
|
|
These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine... |
|
res_search(3) -- resolver routines
|
|
These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine... |
|
res_send(3) -- resolver routines
|
|
These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine... |
|
rewind(3) -- reposition a stream
|
|
The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ... |
|
rewinddir(3) -- directory operations
|
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin... |
|
rexec(3) -- return stream to a remote command
|
|
This interface is obsoleted by the Kerberos krcmd(3). It is available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The rexec() function looks up the host *ahost using gethostbyname(3), returning -1 if t... |
|
re_comp(3) -- regular expression handler
|
|
This interface is made obsolete by regex(3). It is available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The re_comp() function compiles a string into an internal form suitable for pattern matching. Th... |
|
re_exec(3) -- regular expression handler
|
|
This interface is made obsolete by regex(3). It is available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The re_comp() function compiles a string into an internal form suitable for pattern matching. Th... |
|
rindex(3) -- locate character in string
|
|
The rindex() function locates the last character matching c (converted to a char) in the null-terminated string s. |
|
rint(3) -- round to integral value in floating-point format
|
|
The rint() function returns the integral value (represented as a double precision number) nearest to x according to the prevailing rounding mode. |
|
rintf(3) -- round to integral value in floating-point format
|
|
The rint() function returns the integral value (represented as a double precision number) nearest to x according to the prevailing rounding mode. |
|
rmd160(3) -- calculate the ``RIPEMD-160'' message digest
|
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
|
RMD160Data(3) -- calculate the ``RIPEMD-160'' message digest
|
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
|
RMD160End(3) -- calculate the ``RIPEMD-160'' message digest
|
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
|
RMD160File(3) -- calculate the ``RIPEMD-160'' message digest
|
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
|
RMD160Final(3) -- calculate the ``RIPEMD-160'' message digest
|
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
|
RMD160Init(3) -- calculate the ``RIPEMD-160'' message digest
|
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
|
RMD160Transform(3) -- calculate the ``RIPEMD-160'' message digest
|
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
|
RMD160Update(3) -- calculate the ``RIPEMD-160'' message digest
|
|
The RMD160 functions implement the 160-bit RIPE message digest hash algorithm (RMD-160). RMD-160 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm take... |
|
rmtops(3) -- access tape drives on remote machines
|
|
The rmtops library provides a simple means of transparently accessing tape drives on remote machines via rsh(1) and rmt(8). These routines are used like their corresponding system calls, but allow the... |
|
rpc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
These routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across a network. First, the client sends a request to the server. On receipt of the request, the server calls a disp... |
|
rpcbind(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service
|
|
These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses. |
|
rpcb_getaddr(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service
|
|
These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses. |
|
rpcb_getmaps(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service
|
|
These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses. |
|
rpcb_gettime(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service
|
|
These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses. |
|
rpcb_rmtcall(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service
|
|
These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses. |
|
rpcb_set(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service
|
|
These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses. |
|
rpcb_unset(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service
|
|
These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses. |
|
rpc_broadcast(3) -- library routines for client side calls
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re... |
|
rpc_broadcast_exp(3) -- library routines for client side calls
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re... |
|
rpc_call(3) -- library routines for client side calls
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re... |
|
rpc_clnt_auth(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library that allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network, with desired authentication. These routines are normally called... |
|
rpc_clnt_calls(3) -- library routines for client side calls
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re... |
|
rpc_clnt_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
|
|
RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to... |
|
rpc_createerr(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
rpc_reg(3) -- library routines for registering servers
|
|
These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun... |
|
rpc_soc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
rpc_svc_calls(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ... |
|
rpc_svc_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha... |
|
rpc_svc_err(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct... |
|
rpc_svc_reg(3) -- library routines for registering servers
|
|
These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun... |
|
rpc_xdr(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe... |
|
rresvport(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
|
The rcmd() function is available for use by anyone to run commands on a remote system. It acts like the orcmd() command, with the exception that it makes a call out to the rcmd(1) command, or any othe... |
|
rresvport_af(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
|
The rcmd() function is available for use by anyone to run commands on a remote system. It acts like the orcmd() command, with the exception that it makes a call out to the rcmd(1) command, or any othe... |
|
RSA_blinding_on(3) -- protect the RSA operation from timing attacks
|
|
RSA is vulnerable to timing attacks. In a setup where attackers can measure the time of RSA decryption or signature operations, blinding must be used to protect the RSA operation from that attack. RSA... |
|
RSA_check_key(3) -- validate private RSA keys
|
|
This function validates RSA keys. It checks that p and q are in fact prime, and that n = p*q. It also checks that d*e = 1 mod (p-1*q-1), and that dmp1, dmq1 and iqmp are set correctly or are NULL. As ... |
|
RSA_generate_key(3) -- generate RSA key pair
|
|
RSA_generate_key() generates a key pair and returns it in a newly allocated RSA structure. The pseudo-random number generator must be seeded prior to calling RSA_gener- ate_key(). The modulus size wil... |
|
RSA_get_ex_new_index(3) -- add application specific data to RSA structures
|
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. This has several potential uses, it can be used to cache data associated with a structure (for example the hash of some ... |
|
RSA_new(3) -- allocate and free RSA objects
|
|
RSA_new() allocates and initializes an RSA structure. RSA_free() frees the RSA structure and its components. The key is erased before the memory is returned to the system. |
|
RSA_padding_add_PKCS1_type_1(3) -- asymmetric encryption padding
|
|
The RSA_padding_xxx_xxx() functions are called from the RSA encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify functions. Normally they should not be called from application programs. However, they can also be called ... |
|
RSA_print(3) -- print cryptographic parameters
|
|
A human-readable hexadecimal output of the components of the RSA key, DSA parameters or key or DH parameters is printed to bp or fp. The output lines are indented by offset spaces. |
|
RSA_private_encrypt(3) -- low level signature operations
|
|
These functions handle RSA signatures at a low level. RSA_private_encrypt() signs the flen bytes at from (usually a message digest with an algorithm identifier) using the private key rsa and stores th... |
|
RSA_public_encrypt(3) -- RSA public key cryptography
|
|
RSA_public_encrypt() encrypts the flen bytes at from (usually a session key) using the public key rsa and stores the ciphertext in to. to must point to RSA_size(rsa) bytes of memory. padding denotes o... |
|
RSA_set_method(3) -- select RSA method
|
|
An RSA_METHOD specifies the functions that OpenSSL uses for RSA operations. By modifying the method, alternative implementations such as hardware accelerators may be used. Initially, the default is to... |
|
RSA_sign(3) -- RSA signatures
|
|
RSA_sign() signs the message digest m of size m_len using the private key rsa as specified in PKCS #1 v2.0. It stores the signature in sigret and the signature size in siglen. sigret must point to RSA... |
|
RSA_sign_ASN1_OCTET_STRING(3) -- RSA signatures
|
|
RSA_sign_ASN1_OCTET_STRING() signs the octet string m of size m_len using the private key rsa represented in DER using PKCS #1 padding. It stores the signature in sigret and the signature size in sigl... |
|
RSA_size(3) -- get RSA modulus size
|
|
This function returns the RSA modulus size in bytes. It can be used to determine how much memory must be allocated for an RSA encrypted value. rsa->n must not be NULL. |
|
ruserok(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
|
|
The rcmd() function is available for use by anyone to run commands on a remote system. It acts like the orcmd() command, with the exception that it makes a call out to the rcmd(1) command, or any othe... |
|
scalb(3) -- IEEE test functions
|
|
These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) returns x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precision floating-p... |
|
scalbf(3) -- IEEE test functions
|
|
These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) returns x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precision floating-p... |
|
scalbn(3) -- Functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. finite() returns the value 1 just when -infinity < x < +infinity; otherwise a zero... |
|
scalbnf(3) -- Functions for IEEE arithmetic
|
|
These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() returns x with its sign changed to y's. finite() returns the value 1 just when -infinity < x < +infinity; otherwise a zero... |
|
scandir(3) -- scan a directory
|
|
The scandir() function reads the directory dirname and builds an array of pointers to directory entries using malloc(3). It returns the number of entries in the array. A pointer to the array of direct... |
|
scanf(3) -- input format conversion
|
|
The scanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the p... |
|
secure_path(3) -- determine if a file appears to be ``secure''
|
|
The secure_path() function takes a path name and returns zero if the referenced file is ``secure'', non-zero if not. Any ``insecurity'', other than failure to access the referenced file, will be l... |
|
seed48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
|
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
|
seekdir(3) -- directory operations
|
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin... |
|
setbuf(3) -- stream buffering operations
|
|
The three types of buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and line buffered. When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on the destination file or terminal as soon as writte... |
|
setbuffer(3) -- stream buffering operations
|
|
The three types of buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and line buffered. When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on the destination file or terminal as soon as writte... |
|
setclasscontext(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
|
setdisktab(3) -- get generic disk description by its name
|
|
The getdiskbyname() function takes a disk name (e.g. `rm03') and returns a prototype disk label describing its geometry information and the standard disk partition tables. All information is obtained... |
|
setdomainname(3) -- get/set domain name of current host
|
|
getdomainname() returns the standard domain name for the current processor, as previously set by setdomainname(). The parameter namelen specifies the size of the name array. The returned name is null-... |
|
setenv(3) -- environment variable functions
|
|
These functions set, unset and fetch environment variables from the host environment list. For compatibility with differing environment conventions, the given arguments name and value may be appended ... |
|
setfsent(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
|
|
The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file, |
|
setgrent(3) -- group database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the group database file which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct group { char *g... |
|
setgroupent(3) -- group database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the group database file which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct group { char *g... |
|
sethostent(3) -- get network host entry
|
|
The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet host referenced by name or by address, respec... |
|
sethostid(3) -- get/set unique identifier of current host
|
|
sethostid() establishes a 32-bit identifier for the current processor that is intended to be unique among all UNIX systems in existence. This is normally a DARPA Internet address for the local machine... |
|
sethostname(3) -- get/set name of current host
|
|
gethostname() returns the standard host name for the current processor, as previously set by sethostname(). The parameter namelen specifies the size of the name array. The returned name is null-termin... |
|
setjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
|
|
The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei... |
|
setkey(3) -- password encryption
|
|
The crypt() function performs password encryption. The encryption scheme used by crypt() is dependent upon the contents of the NUL-terminated string setting. If setting begins with the ``$'' charact... |
|
setlinebuf(3) -- stream buffering operations
|
|
The three types of buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and line buffered. When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on the destination file or terminal as soon as writte... |
|
setlocale(3) -- natural language formatting for C
|
|
The setlocale() function sets the C library's notion of natural language formatting style for particular sets of routines. Each such style is called a `locale' and is invoked using an appropriate na... |
|
setlogmask(3) -- control system log
|
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (See sys... |
|
setmode(3) -- modify mode bits
|
|
The getmode() function returns a copy of the file permission bits mode as altered by the values pointed to by set. While only the mode bits are altered, other parts of the file mode may be examined. T... |
|
setnetconfig(3) -- get network configuration database entry
|
|
The library routines described on this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig. getnetconfig() returns a pointer to the current entry in the da... |
|
setnetent(3) -- get network entry
|
|
The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network data base as des... |
|
setnetgrent(3) -- netgroup database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the netgroup database file which is described in netgroup(5). The database defines a set of netgroups, each made up of one or more triples: (host, user, domain) that defines... |
|
setnetpath(3) -- get /etc/netconfig entry corresponding to NETPATH component
|
|
The routines described in this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig, as it is ``filtered'' by the NETPATH environment variable (see enviro... |
|
setpassent(3) -- password database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ... |
|
setproctitle(3) -- set process title
|
|
The setproctitle() function sets the invoking process's title. The process title is set to the last component of the program name, followed by a colon and the formatted string specified by fmt. If fm... |
|
setprogname(3) -- get/set the name of the current program
|
|
These utility functions get and set the current program's name as used by various error-reporting functions. getprogname() returns the name of the current program. This function is typically useful w... |
|
setprotoent(3) -- get protocol entry
|
|
The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol... |
|
setpwent(3) -- password database operations
|
|
These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ... |
|
setrgid(3) -- set user and group ID
|
|
The setruid() function (setrgid()) sets the real user ID (group ID) of the current process. |
|
setrpcent(3) -- get RPC entry
|
|
getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber(), each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number data base, /etc/... |
|
setruid(3) -- set user and group ID
|
|
The setruid() function (setrgid()) sets the real user ID (group ID) of the current process. |
|
setservent(3) -- get service entry
|
|
The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data... |
|
setstate(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators
|
|
The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (... |
|
setttyent(3) -- get ttys file entry
|
|
The getttyent(), and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the broken-out fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { c... |
|
setusercontext(3) -- query login.conf database about a user class
|
|
The login_getclass() function extracts the entry specified by class (or default if class is NULL or the empty string) from /etc/login.conf (see login.conf(5)). If the entry is found, a login_cap_t poi... |
|
setusershell(3) -- get valid user shells
|
|
The getusershell() function returns a pointer to a valid user shell as defined by the system manager in the shells database as described in shells(5). If the shells database is not available, getusers... |
|
setvbuf(3) -- stream buffering operations
|
|
The three types of buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and line buffered. When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on the destination file or terminal as soon as writte... |
|
set_com_err_hook(3) -- common error display library
|
|
The com_err library provides a common error-reporting mechanism for defining and accessing error codes and descriptions for application software packages. Error descriptions are defined in a table and... |
|
sha1(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
|
SHA1Data(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
|
SHA1End(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
|
SHA1File(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
|
SHA1Final(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
|
SHA1Init(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
|
SHA1Transform(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
|
SHA1Update(3) -- calculate the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm
|
|
The SHA1 functions implement the NIST Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA-1), FIPS PUB 180-1. SHA-1 is used to generate a condensed representation of a message called a message digest. The algorithm takes a me... |
|
shquote(3) -- quote argument strings for use with the shell
|
|
The shquote() and shquotev() functions copy strings and transform the copies by adding shell escape and quoting characters. They are used to encapsulate arguments to be included in command strings pas... |
|
shquotev(3) -- quote argument strings for use with the shell
|
|
The shquote() and shquotev() functions copy strings and transform the copies by adding shell escape and quoting characters. They are used to encapsulate arguments to be included in command strings pas... |
|
sigaddset(3) -- manipulate signal sets
|
|
These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. The sigemptyset()... |
|
sigblock(3) -- block signals
|
|
This interface is made obsolete by: sigprocmask(2). sigblock() adds the signals specified in mask to the set of signals currently being blocked from delivery. Signals are blocked if the corresponding ... |
|
sigdelset(3) -- manipulate signal sets
|
|
These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. The sigemptyset()... |
|
sigemptyset(3) -- manipulate signal sets
|
|
These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. The sigemptyset()... |
|
sigfillset(3) -- manipulate signal sets
|
|
These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. The sigemptyset()... |
|
siginterrupt(3) -- allow signals to interrupt system calls
|
|
The siginterrupt() function is used to change the system call restart behavior when a system call is interrupted by the specified signal. If the flag is false (0), then system calls will be restarted ... |
|
sigismember(3) -- manipulate signal sets
|
|
These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. The sigemptyset()... |
|
siglongjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
|
|
The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei... |
|
signal(3) -- simplified software signal facilities
|
|
This signal() facility is a simplified interface to the more general sigaction(2) facility. Signals allow the manipulation of a process from outside its domain as well as allowing the process to manip... |
|
significand(3) -- IEEE test functions
|
|
These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) returns x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precision floating-p... |
|
significandf(3) -- IEEE test functions
|
|
These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) returns x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precision floating-p... |
|
sigpause(3) -- atomically release blocked signals and wait for interrupt
|
|
This interface is made obsolete by sigsuspend(2). sigpause() assigns sigmask to the set of masked signals and then waits for a signal to arrive; on return the set of masked signals is restored. sigmas... |
|
sigsetjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
|
|
The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei... |
|
sigsetmask(3) -- set current signal mask
|
|
This interface is made obsolete by: sigprocmask(2). sigsetmask() sets the current signal mask Signals are blocked from delivery if the corresponding bit in mask is a 1; the macro sigmask() is provided... |
|
sigsetops(3) -- manipulate signal sets
|
|
These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. The sigemptyset()... |
|
sigvec(3) -- software signal facilities
|
|
This interface is made obsolete by sigaction(2). The system defines a set of signals that may be delivered to a process. Signal delivery resembles the occurrence of a hardware interrupt: the signal is... |
|
SIMPLEQ_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
SIMPLEQ_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
SIMPLEQ_FIRST(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
SIMPLEQ_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
SIMPLEQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
SIMPLEQ_INIT(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
SIMPLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
SIMPLEQ_NEXT(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
sin(3) -- sine function
|
|
The sin() function computes the sine of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. |
|
sinf(3) -- sine function
|
|
The sin() function computes the sine of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. |
|
sinh(3) -- hyperbolic sine function
|
|
The sinh() function computes the hyperbolic sine of x. |
|
sinhf(3) -- sine function
|
|
The sin() function computes the sine of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. |
|
skey(3) -- one-time password (OTP) library
|
|
The skey library provides routines for accessing NetBSD's one-time password (OTP) authentication system. Most S/Key operations take a pointer to a struct skey, which should be considered as an opaque... |
|
skeychallenge(3) -- one-time password (OTP) library
|
|
The skey library provides routines for accessing NetBSD's one-time password (OTP) authentication system. Most S/Key operations take a pointer to a struct skey, which should be considered as an opaque... |
|
skeygetnext(3) -- one-time password (OTP) library
|
|
The skey library provides routines for accessing NetBSD's one-time password (OTP) authentication system. Most S/Key operations take a pointer to a struct skey, which should be considered as an opaque... |
|
skeylookup(3) -- one-time password (OTP) library
|
|
The skey library provides routines for accessing NetBSD's one-time password (OTP) authentication system. Most S/Key operations take a pointer to a struct skey, which should be considered as an opaque... |
|
skeyverify(3) -- one-time password (OTP) library
|
|
The skey library provides routines for accessing NetBSD's one-time password (OTP) authentication system. Most S/Key operations take a pointer to a struct skey, which should be considered as an opaque... |
|
skeyzero(3) -- one-time password (OTP) library
|
|
The skey library provides routines for accessing NetBSD's one-time password (OTP) authentication system. Most S/Key operations take a pointer to a struct skey, which should be considered as an opaque... |
|
skey_authenticate(3) -- one-time password (OTP) library
|
|
The skey library provides routines for accessing NetBSD's one-time password (OTP) authentication system. Most S/Key operations take a pointer to a struct skey, which should be considered as an opaque... |
|
skey_get_algorithm(3) -- one-time password (OTP) library
|
|
The skey library provides routines for accessing NetBSD's one-time password (OTP) authentication system. Most S/Key operations take a pointer to a struct skey, which should be considered as an opaque... |
|
skey_haskey(3) -- one-time password (OTP) library
|
|
The skey library provides routines for accessing NetBSD's one-time password (OTP) authentication system. Most S/Key operations take a pointer to a struct skey, which should be considered as an opaque... |
|
skey_keyinfo(3) -- one-time password (OTP) library
|
|
The skey library provides routines for accessing NetBSD's one-time password (OTP) authentication system. Most S/Key operations take a pointer to a struct skey, which should be considered as an opaque... |
|
skey_passcheck(3) -- one-time password (OTP) library
|
|
The skey library provides routines for accessing NetBSD's one-time password (OTP) authentication system. Most S/Key operations take a pointer to a struct skey, which should be considered as an opaque... |
|
skey_set_algorithm(3) -- one-time password (OTP) library
|
|
The skey library provides routines for accessing NetBSD's one-time password (OTP) authentication system. Most S/Key operations take a pointer to a struct skey, which should be considered as an opaque... |
|
sleep(3) -- suspend process execution for interval of seconds
|
|
The sleep() function suspends execution of the calling process until either the number of seconds specified by seconds have elapsed or a signal is delivered to the calling process and its action is to... |
|
sl_add(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions
|
|
The stringlist functions manipulate stringlists, which are lists of strings that extend automatically if necessary. The StringList structure has the following definition: typedef struct _stringlist { ... |
|
sl_find(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions
|
|
The stringlist functions manipulate stringlists, which are lists of strings that extend automatically if necessary. The StringList structure has the following definition: typedef struct _stringlist { ... |
|
sl_free(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions
|
|
The stringlist functions manipulate stringlists, which are lists of strings that extend automatically if necessary. The StringList structure has the following definition: typedef struct _stringlist { ... |
|
sl_init(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions
|
|
The stringlist functions manipulate stringlists, which are lists of strings that extend automatically if necessary. The StringList structure has the following definition: typedef struct _stringlist { ... |
|
snprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
|
The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. printf() and vprintf() write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprintf() write out... |
|
sockatmark(3) -- determine whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark
|
|
The sockatmark function determines whether the socket referenced by the file descriptor s is at the out-of-band mark. |
|
sprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
|
The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. printf() and vprintf() write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprintf() write out... |
|
sqrt(3) -- cube root and square root functions
|
|
The cbrt() and cbrtf() functions compute the cube root of x. The sqrt() and sqrtf() functions compute the non-negative square root of x. |
|
sqrtf(3) -- cube root and square root functions
|
|
The cbrt() and cbrtf() functions compute the cube root of x. The sqrt() and sqrtf() functions compute the non-negative square root of x. |
|
sradixsort(3) -- radix sort
|
|
The radixsort() and sradixsort() functions are implementations of radix sort. These functions sort an nmemb element array of pointers to byte strings, with the initial member of which is referenced by... |
|
srand(3) -- bad random number generator
|
|
These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3). The rand() function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range of 0 to RAND_MAX (as defined by the header file ). The srand() fun... |
|
srand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
|
|
The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m... |
|
srandom(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators
|
|
The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (... |
|
sscanf(3) -- input format conversion
|
|
The scanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the p... |
|
ssl(3) -- OpenSSL SSL/TLS library
|
|
|
|
SSL_accept(3) -- wait for a TLS/SSL client to initiate a TLS/SSL handshake
|
|
SSL_accept() waits for a TLS/SSL client to initiate the TLS/SSL handshake. The communication channel must already have been set and assigned to the ssl by setting an underlying BIO. |
|
SSL_alert_type_string(3) -- get textual description of alert information
|
|
SSL_alert_type_string() returns a one letter string indicating the type of the alert specified by value. SSL_alert_type_string_long() returns a string indicating the type of the alert specified by val... |
|
SSL_CIPHER_get_name(3) -- get SSL_CIPHER properties
|
|
SSL_CIPHER_get_name() returns a pointer to the name of cipher. If the argument is the NULL pointer, a pointer to the constant value "NONE" is returned. SSL_CIPHER_get_bits() returns the number of se... |
|
SSL_clear(3) -- reset SSL object to allow another connection
|
|
Reset ssl to allow another connection. All settings (method, ciphers, BIOs) are kept. |
|
SSL_COMP_add_compression_method(3) -- handle SSL/TLS integrated compression methods
|
|
SSL_COMP_add_compression_method() adds the compression method cm with the identifier id to the list of available compression methods. This list is globally maintained for all SSL operations within thi... |
|
SSL_connect(3) -- initiate the TLS/SSL handshake with an TLS/SSL server
|
|
SSL_connect() initiates the TLS/SSL handshake with a server. The communication channel must already have been set and assigned to the ssl by setting an underlying BIO. |
|
SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert(3) -- add certificate to chain
|
|
SSL_CTX_add_extra_chain_cert() adds the certificate x509 to the certificate chain presented together with the certificate. Several certificates can be added one after the other. |
|
SSL_CTX_add_session(3) -- manipulate session cache
|
|
SSL_CTX_add_session() adds the session c to the context ctx. The reference count for session c is incremented by 1. If a session with the same session id already exists, the old session is removed by ... |
|
SSL_CTX_ctrl(3) -- internal handling functions for SSL_CTX and SSL objects
|
|
The SSL_*_ctrl() family of functions is used to manipulate settings of the SSL_CTX and SSL objects. Depending on the command cmd the arguments larg, parg, or fp are evaluated. These functions should n... |
|
SSL_CTX_flush_sessions(3) -- remove expired sessions
|
|
SSL_CTX_flush_sessions() causes a run through the session cache of ctx to remove sessions expired at time tm. SSL_flush_sessions() is a synonym for SSL_CTX_flush_ses- sions(). |
|
SSL_CTX_free(3) -- free an allocated SSL_CTX object
|
|
SSL_CTX_free() decrements the reference count of ctx, and removes the SSL_CTX object pointed to by ctx and frees up the allocated memory if the the reference count has reached 0. It also calls the fre... |
|
SSL_CTX_get_ex_new_index(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
|
SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode(3) -- get currently set verification parameters
|
|
SSL_CTX_get_verify_mode() returns the verification mode currently set in ctx. SSL_get_verify_mode() returns the verification mode currently set in ssl. SSL_CTX_get_verify_depth() returns the verificat... |
|
SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(3) -- set default locations for trusted CA certificates
|
|
SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations() specifies the locations for ctx, at which CA certificates for verification purposes are located. The certificates available via CAfile and CApath are trusted. |
|
SSL_CTX_new(3) -- create a new SSL_CTX object as framework for TLS/SSL enabled functions
|
|
SSL_CTX_new() creates a new SSL_CTX object as framework to establish TLS/SSL enabled connections. |
|
SSL_CTX_sessions(3) -- access internal session cache
|
|
SSL_CTX_sessions() returns a pointer to the lhash databases containing the internal session cache for ctx. |
|
SSL_CTX_sess_number(3) -- obtain session cache statistics
|
|
SSL_CTX_sess_number() returns the current number of sessions in the internal session cache. SSL_CTX_sess_connect() returns the number of started SSL/TLS handshakes in client mode. SSL_CTX_sess_connect... |
|
SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size(3) -- manipulate session cache size
|
|
SSL_CTX_sess_set_cache_size() sets the size of the internal session cache of context ctx to t. SSL_CTX_sess_get_cache_size() returns the currently valid session cache size. |
|
SSL_CTX_sess_set_get_cb(3) -- provide callback functions for server side external session caching
|
|
SSL_CTX_sess_set_new_cb() sets the callback function, which is automatically called whenever a new session was negotiated. SSL_CTX_sess_set_remove_cb() sets the callback function, which is automatical... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_cert_store(3) -- manipulate X509 certificate verification storage
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_cert_store() sets/replaces the certificate verification storage of ctx to/with store. If another X505_STORE object is currently set in ctx, it will be X509_STORE_free()ed. SSL_CTX_get_cert... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback(3) -- set peer certificate verification procedure
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_cert_verify_callback() sets the verification callback function for ctx. SSL objects, that are created from ctx inherit the setting valid at the time, SSL_new(3) is called. arg is currently... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(3) -- choose list of available SSL_CIPHERs
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list() sets the list of available ciphers for ctx using the control string str. The format of the string is described in openssl_ciphers(1). The list of ciphers is inherited by all ... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(3) -- set list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a client certificate
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list() sets the list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a client certificate for ctx. SSL_set_client_CA_list() sets the list of CAs sent to the client when requesting a cl... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb(3) -- handle client certificate callback function
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_client_cert_cb() sets the client_cert_cb() callback, that is called when a client certificate is requested by a server. When clien<... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb(3) -- set passwd callback for encrypted PEM file handling
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb() sets the default password callback called when loading/storing a PEM certificate with encryption. SSL_CTX_set_default_passwd_cb_userdata() sets a pointer to userdata wh... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_info_callback(3) -- handle information callback for SSL connections
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_info_callback() sets the callback function, that can be used to obtain state information for SSL objects created from ctx during connection setup and use. The setting for ctx is overridden... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_mode(3) -- manipulate SSL engine mode
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_mode() adds the mode set via bitmask in mode to ctx. Options already set before are not cleared. SSL_set_mode() adds the mode set via bitmask in mode to ssl. Options already set before are... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_options(3) -- manipulate SSL engine options
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_options() adds the options set via bitmask in options to ctx. Options already set before are not cleared! SSL_set_options() adds the options set via bitmask in options to ssl. Options alre... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown(3) -- manipulate shutdown behaviour
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_quiet_shutdown() sets the "quiet shutdown" flag for ctx to be mode. SSL objects created from ctx inherit the mode valid at the time SSL_new(3) is called. mode may be 0 or 1. SSL_CTX_get_... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode(3) -- enable/disable session caching
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_session_cache_mode() enables/disables session caching by setting the operational mode for ctx to . SSL_CTX_get_session_cache_mode() returns the currently used cache mode. |
|
SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context(3) -- set context within which session can be reused (server side only)
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_session_id_context() sets the context sid_ctx of length sid_ctx_len within which a session can be reused for the ctx object. SSL_set_session_id_context() sets the context sid_ctx of length... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_ssl_version(3) -- choose a new TLS/SSL method
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_ssl_version() sets a new default TLS/SSL method for SSL objects newly created from this ctx. SSL objects already created with SSL_new(3) are not affected, except when SSL_clear(3) is being... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_timeout(3) -- manipulate timeout values for session caching
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_timeout() sets the timeout for newly created sessions for ctx to t. The timeout value t must be given in seconds. SSL_CTX_get_timeout() returns the currently set timeout value for ctx. |
|
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback(3) -- handle DH keys for ephemeral key exchange
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback() sets the callback function for ctx to be used when a DH parameters are required to tmp_dh_callback. The callback is inherited by all ssl objects created from ctx. SSL_CTX... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback(3) -- handle RSA keys for ephemeral key exchange
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_tmp_rsa_callback() sets the callback function for ctx to be used when a temporary/ephemeral RSA key is required to tmp_rsa_callback. The callback is inherited by all SSL objects newly crea... |
|
SSL_CTX_set_verify(3) -- set peer certificate verification parameters
|
|
SSL_CTX_set_verify() sets the verification flags for ctx to be mode and specifies the verify_callback function to be used. If no callback function shall be specified, the NULL pointer can be used for ... |
|
SSL_CTX_use_certificate(3) -- load certificate and key data
|
|
These functions load the certificates and private keys into the SSL_CTX or SSL object, respectively. The SSL_CTX_* class of functions loads the certificates and keys into the SSL_CTX object ctx. The i... |
|
SSL_do_handshake(3) -- perform a TLS/SSL handshake
|
|
SSL_do_handshake() will wait for a SSL/TLS handshake to take place. If the connection is in client mode, the handshake will be started. The handshake routines may have to be explicitly set in advance ... |
|
SSL_free(3) -- free an allocated SSL structure
|
|
SSL_free() decrements the reference count of ssl, and removes the SSL structure pointed to by ssl and frees up the allocated memory if the the reference count has reached 0. |
|
SSL_get_ciphers(3) -- get list of available SSL_CIPHERs
|
|
SSL_get_ciphers() returns the stack of available SSL_CIPHERs for ssl, sorted by preference. If ssl is NULL or no ciphers are available, NULL is returned. SSL_get_cipher_list() returns a pointer to the... |
|
SSL_get_client_CA_list(3) -- get list of client CAs
|
|
SSL_CTX_get_client_CA_list() returns the list of client CAs explicitly set for ctx using SSL_CTX_set_client_CA_list(3). SSL_get_client_CA_list() returns the list of client CAs explicitly set for ssl u... |
|
SSL_get_current_cipher(3) -- get SSL_CIPHER of a connection
|
|
SSL_get_current_cipher() returns a pointer to an SSL_CIPHER object containing the description of the actually used cipher of a connection established with the ssl object. SSL_get_cipher() and SSL_get_... |
|
SSL_get_default_timeout(3) -- get default session timeout value
|
|
SSL_get_default_timeout() returns the default timeout value assigned to SSL_SESSION objects negotiated for the protocol valid for ssl. |
|
SSL_get_error(3) -- obtain result code for TLS/SSL I/O operation
|
|
SSL_get_error() returns a result code (suitable for the C "switch" statement) for a preceding call to SSL_connect(), SSL_accept(), SSL_do_handshake(), SSL_read(), SSL_peek(), or SSL_write() on ssl. ... |
|
SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx(3) -- get ex_data index to access SSL structure from X509_STORE_CTX
|
|
SSL_get_ex_data_X509_STORE_CTX_idx() returns the index number under which the pointer to the SSL object is stored into the X509_STORE_CTX object. |
|
SSL_get_ex_new_index(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
|
SSL_get_fd(3) -- get file descriptor linked to an SSL object
|
|
SSL_get_fd() returns the file descriptor which is linked to ssl. SSL_get_rfd() and SSL_get_wfd() return the file descriptors for the read or the write channel, which can be different. If the read and ... |
|
SSL_get_peer_certificate(3) -- get the X509 certificate of the peer
|
|
SSL_get_peer_certificate() returns a pointer to the X509 certificate the peer presented. If the peer did not present a certificate, NULL is returned. |
|
SSL_get_peer_cert_chain(3) -- get the X509 certificate chain of the peer
|
|
SSL_get_peer_cert_chain() returns a pointer to STACKOF(X509) certificates forming the certificate chain of the peer. If called on the client side, the stack also contains the peer's certificate; if c... |
|
SSL_get_rbio(3) -- get BIO linked to an SSL object
|
|
SSL_get_rbio() and SSL_get_wbio() return pointers to the BIOs for the read or the write channel, which can be different. The reference count of the BIO is not incremented. |
|
SSL_get_session(3) -- retrieve TLS/SSL session data
|
|
SSL_get_session() returns a pointer to the SSL_SESSION actually used in ssl. The reference count of the SSL_SES- SION is not incremented, so that the pointer can become invalid by other operations. SS... |
|
SSL_get_SSL_CTX(3) -- get the SSL_CTX from which an SSL is created
|
|
SSL_get_SSL_CTX() returns a pointer to the SSL_CTX object, from which ssl was created with SSL_new(3). |
|
SSL_get_verify_result(3) -- get result of peer certificate verification
|
|
SSL_get_verify_result() returns the result of the verification of the X509 certificate presented by the peer, if any. |
|
SSL_get_version(3) -- get the protocol version of a connection.
|
|
SSL_get_cipher_version() returns the name of the protocol used for the connection ssl. |
|
SSL_library_init(3) -- initialize SSL library by registering algorithms
|
|
SSL_library_init() registers the available ciphers and digests. OpenSSL_add_ssl_algorithms() and SSLeay_add_ssl_algo- rithms() are synonyms for SSL_library_init(). |
|
SSL_load_client_CA_file(3) -- load certificate names from file
|
|
SSL_load_client_CA_file() reads certificates from file and returns a STACK_OF(X509_NAME) with the subject names found. |
|
SSL_new(3) -- create a new SSL structure for a connection
|
|
SSL_new() creates a new SSL structure which is needed to hold the data for a TLS/SSL connection. The new structure inherits the settings of the underlying context ctx: connection method (SSLv2/v3/TLSv... |
|
SSL_pending(3) -- obtain number of readable bytes buffered in an SSL object
|
|
SSL_pending() returns the number of bytes which are available inside ssl for immediate read. |
|
SSL_read(3) -- read bytes from a TLS/SSL connection.
|
|
SSL_read() tries to read num bytes from the specified ssl into the buffer buf. |
|
SSL_rstate_string(3) -- get textual description of state of an SSL object during read operation
|
|
SSL_rstate_string() returns a 2 letter string indicating the current read state of the SSL object ssl. SSL_rstate_string_long() returns a string indicating the current read state of the SSL object ssl... |
|
SSL_SESSION_free(3) -- free an allocated SSL_SESSION structure
|
|
SSL_SESSION_free() decrements the reference count of ses- sion and removes the SSL_SESSION structure pointed to by session and frees up the allocated memory, if the the reference count has reached 0. |
|
SSL_SESSION_get_ex_new_index(3) -- internal application specific data functions
|
|
Several OpenSSL structures can have application specific data attached to them. These functions are used internally by OpenSSL to manipulate application specific data attached to a specific structure.... |
|
SSL_SESSION_get_time(3) -- retrieve and manipulate session time and timeout settings
|
|
SSL_SESSION_get_time() returns the time at which the session s was established. The time is given in seconds since the Epoch and therefore compatible to the time delivered by the time() call. SSL_SESS... |
|
SSL_session_reused(3) -- query whether a reused session was negotiated during handshake
|
|
Query, whether a reused session was negotiated during the handshake. |
|
SSL_set_bio(3) -- connect the SSL object with a BIO
|
|
SSL_set_bio() connects the BIOs rbio and wbio for the read and write operations of the TLS/SSL (encrypted) side of ssl. The SSL engine inherits the behaviour of rbio and wbio, respectively. If a BIO i... |
|
SSL_set_connect_state(3) -- prepare SSL object to work in client or server mode
|
|
SSL_set_connect_state() sets ssl to work in client mode. SSL_set_accept_state() sets ssl to work in server mode. |
|
SSL_set_fd(3) -- connect the SSL object with a file descriptor
|
|
SSL_set_fd() sets the file descriptor fd as the input/output facility for the TLS/SSL (encrypted) side of ssl. fd will typically be the socket file descriptor of a network connection. When performing ... |
|
SSL_set_session(3) -- set a TLS/SSL session to be used during TLS/SSL connect
|
|
SSL_set_session() sets session to be used when the TLS/SSL connection is to be established. SSL_set_session() is only useful for TLS/SSL clients. When the session is set, the reference count of sessio... |
|
SSL_set_shutdown(3) -- manipulate shutdown state of an SSL connection
|
|
SSL_set_shutdown() sets the shutdown state of ssl to mode. SSL_get_shutdown() returns the shutdown mode of ssl. |
|
SSL_set_verify_result(3) -- override result of peer certificate verification
|
|
SSL_set_verify_result() sets verify_result of the object ssl to be the result of the verification of the X509 certificate presented by the peer, if any. |
|
SSL_shutdown(3) -- shut down a TLS/SSL connection
|
|
SSL_shutdown() shuts down an active TLS/SSL connection. It sends the "close notify" shutdown alert to the peer. |
|
SSL_state_string(3) -- get textual description of state of an SSL object
|
|
SSL_state_string() returns a 6 letter string indicating the current state of the SSL object ssl. SSL_state_string_long() returns a string indicating the current state of the SSL object ssl. |
|
SSL_want(3) -- obtain state information TLS/SSL I/O operation
|
|
SSL_want() returns state information for the SSL object ssl. The other SSL_want_*() calls are shortcuts for the possible states returned by SSL_want(). |
|
SSL_write(3) -- write bytes to a TLS/SSL connection.
|
|
SSL_write() writes num bytes from the buffer buf into the specified ssl connection. |
|
stdarg(3) -- variable argument lists
|
|
A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh... |
|
stdio(3) -- standard input/output library functions
|
|
The standard I/O library provides a simple and efficient buffered stream I/O interface. Input and output is mapped into logical data streams and the physical I/O characteristics are concealed. The fun... |
|
strcasecmp(3) -- compare strings, ignoring case
|
|
The strcasecmp() and strncasecmp() functions compare the null-terminated strings s1 and s2 and return an integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0, according as s1 is lexicographically greater th... |
|
strcat(3) -- concatenate strings
|
|
The strcat() and strncat() functions append a copy of the null-terminated string append to the end of the null-terminated string s, then add a terminating `\0'. The string s must have sufficient spa... |
|
strchr(3) -- locate character in string
|
|
The strchr() function locates the first occurrence of c in the string pointed to by s. The terminating NUL character is considered part of the string. If c is `\0', strchr() locates the terminating ... |
|
strcmp(3) -- compare strings
|
|
The strcmp() and strncmp() functions lexicographically compare the nullterminated strings s1 and s2. |
|
strcoll(3) -- compare strings according to current collation
|
|
The strcoll() function lexicographically compares the null-terminated strings s1 and s2 according to the current locale collation and returns an integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0, accordi... |
|
strcpy(3) -- copy strings
|
|
The strcpy() and strncpy() functions copy the string src to dst (including the terminating `\0' character). The strncpy() copies not more than len characters into dst, appending `\0' characters if... |
|
strcspn(3) -- span the complement of a string
|
|
The strcspn() function spans the initial part of the null-terminated string s as long as the characters from s do not occur in string charset (it spans the complement of charset). |
|
strdup(3) -- save a copy of a string
|
|
The strdup() function allocates sufficient memory for a copy of the string str, does the copy, and returns a pointer to it. The pointer may subsequently be used as an argument to the function free(3).... |
|
strerror(3) -- get error message string
|
|
The strerror() function returns a pointer to the language-dependent error message string affiliated with an error number. The array pointed to is not to be modified by the program, but may be overwrit... |
|
strftime(3) -- format date and time
|
|
The strftime() function formats the information from timeptr into the buffer buf according to the string pointed to by format. The format string consists of zero or more conversion specifications and ... |
|
string(3) -- string specific functions
|
|
The string functions manipulate strings terminated by a null byte. See the specific manual pages for more information. For manipulating variable length generic objects as byte strings (without the nul... |
|
stringlist(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions
|
|
The stringlist functions manipulate stringlists, which are lists of strings that extend automatically if necessary. The StringList structure has the following definition: typedef struct _stringlist { ... |
|
strlcat(3) -- size-bounded string copying and concatenation
|
|
The strlcpy() and strlcat() functions copy and concatenate strings respectively. They are designed to be safer, more consistent, and less error prone replacements for strncpy(3) and strncat(3). Unlike... |
|
strlcpy(3) -- size-bounded string copying and concatenation
|
|
The strlcpy() and strlcat() functions copy and concatenate strings respectively. They are designed to be safer, more consistent, and less error prone replacements for strncpy(3) and strncat(3). Unlike... |
|
strlen(3) -- find length of string
|
|
The strlen() function computes the length of the string s. |
|
strmode(3) -- convert inode status information into a symbolic string
|
|
The strmode() function converts a file mode (the type and permission information associated with an inode, see stat(2)) into a symbolic string which is stored in the location referenced by bp. This st... |
|
strncasecmp(3) -- compare strings, ignoring case
|
|
The strcasecmp() and strncasecmp() functions compare the null-terminated strings s1 and s2 and return an integer greater than, equal to, or less than 0, according as s1 is lexicographically greater th... |
|
strncat(3) -- concatenate strings
|
|
The strcat() and strncat() functions append a copy of the null-terminated string append to the end of the null-terminated string s, then add a terminating `\0'. The string s must have sufficient spa... |
|
strncmp(3) -- compare strings
|
|
The strcmp() and strncmp() functions lexicographically compare the nullterminated strings s1 and s2. |
|
strncpy(3) -- copy strings
|
|
The strcpy() and strncpy() functions copy the string src to dst (including the terminating `\0' character). The strncpy() copies not more than len characters into dst, appending `\0' characters if... |
|
strpbrk(3) -- locate multiple characters in string
|
|
The strpbrk() function locates in the null-terminated string s the first occurrence of any character in the string charset and returns a pointer to this character. If no characters from charset occur ... |
|
strptime(3) -- converts a character string to a time value
|
|
The strptime() function converts the character string pointed to by buf to values which are stored in the tm structure pointed to by tm, using the format specified by format. The format string consist... |
|
strrchr(3) -- locate character in string
|
|
The strrchr() function locates the last occurrence of c (converted to a char) in the string s. If c is `\0', strrchr() locates the terminating `\0'. |
|
strsep(3) -- separate strings
|
|
The strsep() function locates, in the null-terminated string referenced by *stringp, the first occurrence of any character in the string delim (or the terminating `\0' character) and replaces it wit... |
|
strsignal(3) -- get signal description string
|
|
The strsignal() function returns a pointer to the language-dependent string describing a signal. The array pointed to is not to be modified by the program, but may be overwritten by subsequent calls t... |
|
strspn(3) -- span a string
|
|
The strspn() function spans the initial part of the null-terminated string s as long as the characters from s occur in string charset. |
|
strstr(3) -- locate a substring in a string
|
|
The strstr() function locates the first occurrence of the null-terminated string little in the null-terminated string big. If little is the empty string, strstr() returns big; if little occurs nowhere... |
|
strsvis(3) -- visually encode characters
|
|
The vis() function copies into dst a string which represents the character c. If c needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. The string is null terminated, and a pointer to the end of the string i... |
|
strsvisx(3) -- visually encode characters
|
|
The vis() function copies into dst a string which represents the character c. If c needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. The string is null terminated, and a pointer to the end of the string i... |
|
strtod(3) -- convert ASCII string to double
|
|
The strtod() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to double representation. The expected form of the string is an optional plus (``+'') or minus sign (``-'') foll... |
|
strtoimax(3) -- convert string value to a long, long long, intmax_t or quad_t integer
|
|
The strtol() function converts the string in nptr to a long int value. The strtoll() function converts the string in nptr to a long long int value. The strtoimax() function converts the string in nptr... |
|
strtok(3) -- string tokens
|
|
The strtok() function is used to isolate sequential tokens in a null-terminated string, str. These tokens are separated in the string by at least one of the characters in sep. The first time that strt... |
|
strtok_r(3) -- string tokens
|
|
The strtok() function is used to isolate sequential tokens in a null-terminated string, str. These tokens are separated in the string by at least one of the characters in sep. The first time that strt... |
|
strtol(3) -- convert string value to a long, long long, intmax_t or quad_t integer
|
|
The strtol() function converts the string in nptr to a long int value. The strtoll() function converts the string in nptr to a long long int value. The strtoimax() function converts the string in nptr... |
|
strtoll(3) -- convert string value to a long, long long, intmax_t or quad_t integer
|
|
The strtol() function converts the string in nptr to a long int value. The strtoll() function converts the string in nptr to a long long int value. The strtoimax() function converts the string in nptr... |
|
strtoq(3) -- convert string value to a long, long long, intmax_t or quad_t integer
|
|
The strtol() function converts the string in nptr to a long int value. The strtoll() function converts the string in nptr to a long long int value. The strtoimax() function converts the string in nptr... |
|
strtoul(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long, unsigned long long, uintmax_t or uquad_t integer
|
|
The strtoul() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long int value. The strtoull() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long long int value. The strtoumax() function conve... |
|
strtoull(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long, unsigned long long, uintmax_t or uquad_t integer
|
|
The strtoul() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long int value. The strtoull() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long long int value. The strtoumax() function conve... |
|
strtoumax(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long, unsigned long long, uintmax_t or uquad_t integer
|
|
The strtoul() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long int value. The strtoull() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long long int value. The strtoumax() function conve... |
|
strtouq(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long, unsigned long long, uintmax_t or uquad_t integer
|
|
The strtoul() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long int value. The strtoull() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long long int value. The strtoumax() function conve... |
|
strunvis(3) -- decode a visual representation of characters
|
|
The unvis(), strunvis() and strunvisx() functions are used to decode a visual representation of characters, as produced by the vis(3) function, back into the original form. The unvis() function is cal... |
|
strvis(3) -- visually encode characters
|
|
The vis() function copies into dst a string which represents the character c. If c needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. The string is null terminated, and a pointer to the end of the string i... |
|
strvisx(3) -- visually encode characters
|
|
The vis() function copies into dst a string which represents the character c. If c needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. The string is null terminated, and a pointer to the end of the string i... |
|
strxfrm(3) -- transform a string under locale
|
|
The strxfrm() function does something horrible (see ANSI standard). In this implementation it just copies. |
|
stty(3) -- set and get terminal state (defunct)
|
|
These interfaces are obsoleted by ioctl(2). They are available from the compatibility library, libcompat. The stty() function sets the state of the terminal associated with fd. The gtty() function ret... |
|
svcerr_auth(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct... |
|
svcerr_decode(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct... |
|
svcerr_noproc(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct... |
|
svcerr_noprog(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct... |
|
svcerr_progvers(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct... |
|
svcerr_systemerr(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct... |
|
svcerr_weakauth(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct... |
|
svcfd_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
svcraw_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
svctcp_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
svcudp_bufcreate(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
svc_auth_reg(3) -- library routines for registering servers
|
|
These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun... |
|
svc_control(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha... |
|
svc_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha... |
|
svc_destroy(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha... |
|
svc_dg_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha... |
|
svc_dg_enablecache(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ... |
|
svc_exit(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ... |
|
svc_fds(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
svc_fdset(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
svc_fd_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha... |
|
svc_freeargs(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ... |
|
svc_getargs(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ... |
|
svc_getcaller(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
svc_getreqset(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ... |
|
svc_getreq_common(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ... |
|
svc_getreq_poll(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ... |
|
svc_getrpccaller(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ... |
|
svc_pollset(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ... |
|
svc_raw_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha... |
|
svc_reg(3) -- library routines for registering servers
|
|
These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun... |
|
svc_register(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
svc_run(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ... |
|
svc_sendreply(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ... |
|
svc_tli_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha... |
|
svc_tp_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha... |
|
svc_unreg(3) -- library routines for registering servers
|
|
These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun... |
|
svc_unregister(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
svc_vc_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha... |
|
svis(3) -- visually encode characters
|
|
The vis() function copies into dst a string which represents the character c. If c needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. The string is null terminated, and a pointer to the end of the string i... |
|
swab(3) -- swap adjacent bytes
|
|
The function swab() copies len bytes from the location referenced by src to the location referenced by dst, swapping adjacent bytes. The argument len must be even number. |
|
swapon(3) -- add a swap device for interleaved paging/swapping
|
|
This interface is provided for compatibility only and has been obsoleted by swapctl(2). swapon() makes the block device special available to the system for allocation for paging and swapping. The name... |
|
sysconf(3) -- get configurable system variables
|
|
This interface is defined by IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 (``POSIX.1''). A far more complete interface is available using sysctl(3). The sysconf() function provides a method for applications to determine th... |
|
sysctl(3) -- get or set system information
|
|
The sysctl function retrieves system information and allows processes with appropriate privileges to set system information. The information available from sysctl consists of integers, strings, and ta... |
|
syslog(3) -- control system log
|
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (See sys... |
|
system(3) -- pass a command to the shell
|
|
The system() function hands the argument string to the command interpreter sh(1). The calling process waits for the shell to finish executing the command, ignoring SIGINT and SIGQUIT, and blocking SIG... |
|
sys_siglist(3) -- system signal messages
|
|
The psignal() function locates the descriptive message string for the given signal number sig and writes it to the standard error. If the argument s is non-NULL it is written to the standard error fil... |
|
sys_signame(3) -- system signal messages
|
|
The psignal() function locates the descriptive message string for the given signal number sig and writes it to the standard error. If the argument s is non-NULL it is written to the standard error fil... |
|
TAILQ_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
TAILQ_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
TAILQ_FIRST(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
TAILQ_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
TAILQ_INIT(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
TAILQ_NEXT(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
TAILQ_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues
|
|
These macros define and operate on five types of data structures: singlylinked lists, lists, simple queues, tail queues, and circular queues. All five structures support the following functionality: 1... |
|
tan(3) -- tangent function
|
|
The tan() and tanf() functions compute the tangent of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, ... |
|
tanf(3) -- tangent function
|
|
The tan() and tanf() functions compute the tangent of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, ... |
|
tanh(3) -- hyperbolic tangent function
|
|
The tanh() and tanhf() functions compute the hyperbolic tangent of x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3). |
|
tanhf(3) -- hyperbolic tangent function
|
|
The tanh() and tanhf() functions compute the hyperbolic tangent of x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3). |
|
tcdrain(3) -- line control functions
|
|
The tcdrain function waits until all output written to the terminal referenced by fd has been transmitted to the terminal. The tcflow function suspends transmission of data to or the reception of data... |
|
tcflow(3) -- line control functions
|
|
The tcdrain function waits until all output written to the terminal referenced by fd has been transmitted to the terminal. The tcflow function suspends transmission of data to or the reception of data... |
|
tcflush(3) -- line control functions
|
|
The tcdrain function waits until all output written to the terminal referenced by fd has been transmitted to the terminal. The tcflow function suspends transmission of data to or the reception of data... |
|
tcgetattr(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
|
The cfmakeraw, tcgetattr and tcsetattr functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed, cfsetispeed, cfgetospeed, cfsetospeed and cfsetspeed functions are provide... |
|
tcgetpgrp(3) -- get foreground process group ID
|
|
The tcgetpgrp function returns the value of the process group ID of the foreground process group associated with the terminal device. If there is no foreground process group, tcgetpgrp returns an inva... |
|
tcgetsid(3) -- get session ID associated with a controlling terminal
|
|
The tcgetsid function returns the value of the session ID associated with the specified controlling terminal device. The session ID is defined as the process group ID of the session leader. |
|
tcsendbreak(3) -- line control functions
|
|
The tcdrain function waits until all output written to the terminal referenced by fd has been transmitted to the terminal. The tcflow function suspends transmission of data to or the reception of data... |
|
tcsetattr(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
|
|
The cfmakeraw, tcgetattr and tcsetattr functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed, cfsetispeed, cfgetospeed, cfsetospeed and cfsetspeed functions are provide... |
|
tcsetpgrp(3) -- set foreground process group ID
|
|
If the process has a controlling terminal, the tcsetpgrp function sets the foreground process group ID associated with the terminal device to pgrp_id. The terminal device associated with fd must be th... |
|
tdelete(3) -- manipulate binary search trees
|
|
The tdelete(), tfind(), tsearch(), and twalk() functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D from Knuth (6.2.2). The comparison function passed in by the user has the same style of ... |
|
telldir(3) -- directory operations
|
|
The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin... |
|
tempnam(3) -- temporary file routines
|
|
The tmpfile() function returns a pointer to a stream associated with a file descriptor returned by the routine mkstemp(3). The created file is unlinked before tmpfile() returns, causing the file to be... |
|
termcap(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). These are low level routines; see cu... |
|
textdomain(3) -- message handling functions
|
|
The gettext(), dgettext(), and dcgettext() functions attempt to retrieve a target string based on the specified msgid argument within the context of a specific domain and the current locale. The lengt... |
|
tfind(3) -- manipulate binary search trees
|
|
The tdelete(), tfind(), tsearch(), and twalk() functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D from Knuth (6.2.2). The comparison function passed in by the user has the same style of ... |
|
tgetent(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). These are low level routines; see cu... |
|
tgetflag(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). These are low level routines; see cu... |
|
tgetnum(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). These are low level routines; see cu... |
|
tgetstr(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). These are low level routines; see cu... |
|
tgoto(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). These are low level routines; see cu... |
|
time(3) -- get time of day
|
|
The time() function returns the value of time in seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time. A copy of the time value may be saved to the area indicated b... |
|
time2posix(3) -- convert seconds since the Epoch
|
|
IEEE Std 1003.1 (``POSIX.1'') legislates that a time_t value of 536457599 shall correspond to Wed Dec 31 23:59:59 UTC 1986. This effectively implies that POSIX time_t's cannot include leap seconds ... |
|
times(3) -- process times
|
|
This interface is obsoleted by getrusage(2) and gettimeofday(2). The times() function returns the value of time in CLK_TCK's of a second since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordina... |
|
timezone(3) -- return the timezone abbreviation
|
|
This interface is available for compatibility only and will disappear in a future software release; it is impossible to reliably map timezone's arguments to a time zone abbreviation. See ctime(3); se... |
|
tmpfile(3) -- temporary file routines
|
|
The tmpfile() function returns a pointer to a stream associated with a file descriptor returned by the routine mkstemp(3). The created file is unlinked before tmpfile() returns, causing the file to be... |
|
tmpnam(3) -- temporary file routines
|
|
The tmpfile() function returns a pointer to a stream associated with a file descriptor returned by the routine mkstemp(3). The created file is unlinked before tmpfile() returns, causing the file to be... |
|
toascii(3) -- convert a byte to 7-bit ASCII
|
|
The toascii() function strips all but the low 7 bits from a letter, including parity or other marker bits. |
|
tolower(3) -- upper case to lower case letter conversion
|
|
The tolower() function converts an upper-case letter to the corresponding lower-case letter. |
|
toupper(3) -- lower case to upper case letter conversion
|
|
The toupper() function converts a lower-case letter to the corresponding upper-case letter. |
|
towlower(3) -- wide character case letter conversion utilities
|
|
The towlower() function converts an upper-case wide character to the corresponding lower-case letter. The towupper() function converts an lowercase wide character to the corresponding upper-case lette... |
|
towupper(3) -- wide character case letter conversion utilities
|
|
The towlower() function converts an upper-case wide character to the corresponding lower-case letter. The towupper() function converts an lowercase wide character to the corresponding upper-case lette... |
|
tputs(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). These are low level routines; see cu... |
|
tsearch(3) -- manipulate binary search trees
|
|
The tdelete(), tfind(), tsearch(), and twalk() functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D from Knuth (6.2.2). The comparison function passed in by the user has the same style of ... |
|
ttyaction(3) -- ttyaction utility function
|
|
The ttyaction() function is used by login(1), getty(8), telnetd(8) and rlogind(8) to execute site-specific commands when a login session begins and ends. The ttyaction() function scans the /etc/ttyact... |
|
ttylock(3) -- locks based on files containing PIDs
|
|
The pidlock() ttylock(), and ttyunlock() functions attempt to create a lockfile for an arbitrary resource that only one program may hold at a time. (In the case of ttylock(), this is access to a tty d... |
|
ttymsg(3) -- ttymsg utility function
|
|
The ttymsg() function is used by programs such as talkd(8), syslogd(8), wall(1), etc., to display the contents of a uio structure on a terminal. ttymsg() forks and finishes in the child if the write w... |
|
ttyname(3) -- get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor
|
|
These functions operate on the system file descriptors for terminal type devices. These descriptors are not related to the standard I/O FILE typedef, but refer to the special device files found in /de... |
|
ttyslot(3) -- get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor
|
|
These functions operate on the system file descriptors for terminal type devices. These descriptors are not related to the standard I/O FILE typedef, but refer to the special device files found in /de... |
|
ttyunlock(3) -- locks based on files containing PIDs
|
|
The pidlock() ttylock(), and ttyunlock() functions attempt to create a lockfile for an arbitrary resource that only one program may hold at a time. (In the case of ttylock(), this is access to a tty d... |
|
twalk(3) -- manipulate binary search trees
|
|
The tdelete(), tfind(), tsearch(), and twalk() functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D from Knuth (6.2.2). The comparison function passed in by the user has the same style of ... |
|
tzset(3) -- initialize time conversion information
|
|
The tzset() function uses the value of the environment variable TZ to set time conversion information used by localtime(3). If TZ does not appear in the environment, the best available approximation t... |
|
tzsetwall(3) -- initialize time conversion information
|
|
The tzset() function uses the value of the environment variable TZ to set time conversion information used by localtime(3). If TZ does not appear in the environment, the best available approximation t... |
|
t_freent(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). These are low level routines; see cu... |
|
t_getent(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). These are low level routines; see cu... |
|
t_getflag(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). These are low level routines; see cu... |
|
t_getnum(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). These are low level routines; see cu... |
|
t_getstr(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). These are low level routines; see cu... |
|
t_goto(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). These are low level routines; see cu... |
|
t_puts(3) -- terminal independent operation routines
|
|
These functions extract and use capabilities from a terminal capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/termcap, the format of which is described in termcap(5). These are low level routines; see cu... |
|
ualarm(3) -- schedule signal after specified time
|
|
This is a simplified interface to setitimer(2). The ualarm() function waits a count of microseconds before asserting the terminating signal SIGALRM. System activity or time used in processing the call... |
|
uid_from_user(3) -- cache password and group entries
|
|
The user_from_uid() function returns the user name associated with the argument uid. The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same uid do not require additional calls to getpwuid(3). If... |
|
ulimit(3) -- get and set process limits
|
|
The ulimit() function provides a method to query or alter resource limits of the calling process. The method to be performed is specified by the cmd argument; possible values are: UL_GETFSIZE Return t... |
|
uname(3) -- get system identification
|
|
The uname() function stores nul-terminated strings of information identifying the current system into the structure referenced by name. The utsname structure is defined in the header f... |
|
ungetc(3) -- un-get character from input stream
|
|
The ungetc() function pushes the character c (converted to an unsigned char) back onto the input stream pointed to by stream. The pushed-backed characters will be returned by subsequent reads on the s... |
|
ungetwc(3) -- un-get wide-character from input stream
|
|
The ungetwc() function pushes the wide-character wc (converted to an wchar_t) back onto the input stream pointed to by stream. The pushedbacked wide-characters will be returned by subsequent reads on ... |
|
unsetenv(3) -- environment variable functions
|
|
These functions set, unset and fetch environment variables from the host environment list. For compatibility with differing environment conventions, the given arguments name and value may be appended ... |
|
unvis(3) -- decode a visual representation of characters
|
|
The unvis(), strunvis() and strunvisx() functions are used to decode a visual representation of characters, as produced by the vis(3) function, back into the original form. The unvis() function is cal... |
|
usbhid(3) -- USB HID access routines
|
|
The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. INTRODUCTION [Toc] [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us... |
|
user_from_uid(3) -- cache password and group entries
|
|
The user_from_uid() function returns the user name associated with the argument uid. The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same uid do not require additional calls to getpwuid(3). If... |
|
usleep(3) -- suspend execution for interval of microseconds
|
|
The usleep() function suspends execution of the calling process until either the number of microseconds specified by microseconds have elapsed or a signal is delivered to the calling process and its a... |
|
util(3) -- system utilities library
|
|
The util library is the system utilities library and contains various system-dependent utility routines mostly related to pseudo-terminals and login accounting. These routines are NetBSD-specific and ... |
|
utime(3) -- set file times
|
|
This interface is obsoleted by utimes(2). The utime() function sets the access and modification times of the named file. If timep is NULL, the access and modification times are set to the current time... |
|
valloc(3) -- aligned memory allocation function
|
|
Valloc is obsoleted by the current version of malloc(3), which aligns page-sized and larger allocations. The valloc() function allocates size bytes aligned on a page boundary. It is implemented by cal... |
|
varargs(3) -- variable argument lists
|
|
These historic interfaces are provided to support compilation of existing programs only. New code should use the stdarg(3) interfaces. A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of va... |
|
vasprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
|
The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. printf() and vprintf() write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprintf() write out... |
|
va_arg(3) -- variable argument lists
|
|
A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh... |
|
va_copy(3) -- variable argument lists
|
|
A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh... |
|
va_end(3) -- variable argument lists
|
|
A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh... |
|
va_start(3) -- variable argument lists
|
|
A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh... |
|
verr(3) -- formatted error messages
|
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output... |
|
verrx(3) -- formatted error messages
|
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output... |
|
vfprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
|
The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. printf() and vprintf() write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprintf() write out... |
|
vfscanf(3) -- input format conversion
|
|
The scanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the p... |
|
vis(3) -- visually encode characters
|
|
The vis() function copies into dst a string which represents the character c. If c needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. The string is null terminated, and a pointer to the end of the string i... |
|
vprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
|
The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. printf() and vprintf() write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprintf() write out... |
|
vscanf(3) -- input format conversion
|
|
The scanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the p... |
|
vsnprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
|
The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. printf() and vprintf() write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprintf() write out... |
|
vsprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
|
|
The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. printf() and vprintf() write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprintf() write out... |
|
vsscanf(3) -- input format conversion
|
|
The scanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the p... |
|
vsyslog(3) -- control system log
|
|
The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate (See sys... |
|
vwarn(3) -- formatted error messages
|
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output... |
|
vwarnx(3) -- formatted error messages
|
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output... |
|
warn(3) -- formatted error messages
|
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output... |
|
warnx(3) -- formatted error messages
|
|
The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output. In all cases, the last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space are output... |
|
wcrtomb(3) -- converts a wide character to a multibyte character (restartable)
|
|
The wcrtomb() converts the wide character given by wc to the corresponding multibyte character, and stores it to the array pointed by s unless s is null pointer. This function will modify the first at... |
|
wcscat(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcschr(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcscmp(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcscpy(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcscspn(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcslcat(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcslcpy(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcslen(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcsncat(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcsncmp(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcsncpy(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcspbrk(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcsrchr(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcsrtombs(3) -- converts a wide character string to a multibyte character string (restartable)
|
|
The wcsrtombs() converts the null-terminated wide character string indirectly pointed by pwcs to the corresponding multibyte character string, and store it to the array pointed by s. The conversion st... |
|
wcsspn(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcsstr(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wcstombs(3) -- converts a wide character string to a multibyte character string
|
|
The wcstombs() converts the null-terminated wide character string pointed by pwcs to the corresponding multibyte character string, and store it to the array pointed by s. This function may modify the ... |
|
wctomb(3) -- converts a wide character to a multibyte character
|
|
The wctomb() converts the wide character wchar to the corresponding multibyte character, and store it to the array pointed by s. The wctomb() may store at most MB_CUR_MAX bytes to the array. In state-... |
|
wmemchr(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wmemcmp(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wmemcpy(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wmemmove(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
wmemset(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
|
|
The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3). |
|
xdr(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdrmem_create(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdrrec_create(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdrrec_endofrecord(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdrrec_eof(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdrrec_skiprecord(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdrstdio_create(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_accepted_reply(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe... |
|
xdr_array(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_authsys_parms(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe... |
|
xdr_bool(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_bytes(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_callhdr(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe... |
|
xdr_callmsg(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe... |
|
xdr_char(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_destroy(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_double(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_enum(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_float(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_free(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_getpos(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_inline(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_int(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_long(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_opaque(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_opaque_auth(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe... |
|
xdr_pmap(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
xdr_pmaplist(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
|
|
xdr_pointer(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_reference(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_rejected_reply(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe... |
|
xdr_replymsg(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
|
|
These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe... |
|
xdr_setpos(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_short(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_string(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_union(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_u_char(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_u_long(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_u_short(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_vector(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_void(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xdr_wrapstring(3) -- library routines for external data representation
|
|
|
|
xprt_register(3) -- library routines for registering servers
|
|
These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun... |
|
xprt_unregister(3) -- library routines for registering servers
|
|
These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun... |
|
y0(3) -- bessel functions of first and second kind
|
|
The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes... |
|
y0f(3) -- bessel functions of first and second kind
|
|
The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes... |
|
y1(3) -- bessel functions of first and second kind
|
|
The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes... |
|
y1f(3) -- bessel functions of first and second kind
|
|
The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes... |
|
yn(3) -- bessel functions of first and second kind
|
|
The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes... |
|
ynf(3) -- bessel functions of first and second kind
|
|
The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes... |
|
ypclnt(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
|
yperr_string(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
|
ypprot_err(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
|
yp_all(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
|
yp_bind(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
|
yp_first(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
|
yp_get_default_domain(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
|
yp_master(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
|
yp_match(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
|
yp_next(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
|
yp_order(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
|
yp_unbind(3) -- Interface to the YP subsystem
|
|
The ypclnt suite provides an interface to the YP subsystem. For a general description of the YP subsystem, see yp(8). For all functions, input values begin with in and output values begin with out. An... |
|
_DIAGASSERT(3) -- expression verification macro
|
|
The _DIAGASSERT() macro tests the given expression and if it is false, one or more of the following may occur: +o a diagnostic message may be logged to the system logger with syslog(3). This is defaul... |
|
_longjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
|
|
The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei... |
|
_setjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
|
|
The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei... |
|
__svc_getcallercreds(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
|
|
These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ... |
